604235

Toyota Corolla 2012 Handleiding

7
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/512
Pagina verder
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
TMC corolla_EE
1
Before driving
Adjusting and operating features such as door locks,
mirrors, and steering column.
2
When driving
Driving, stopping and safe-driving information.
3
Interior features
Air conditioning and audio systems, as well as other in-
terior features for a comfortable driving experience.
4
Maintenance and
care
Cleaning and protecting your vehicle, performing do-it-
yourself maintenance, and maintenance information.
5
When trouble
arises
What to do if the vehicle needs to be towed, gets a flat
tire, or is involved in an accident.
6
Vehicle specifi-
cations
Detailed vehicle information.
Index
Alphabetical listing of information contained in this man-
ual.
TABLE OF CONTENTS Index
2
TMC corolla_EE
1-1. Key information
Keys...................................... 22
1-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Smart entry & start system ... 25
Wireless remote control ........ 41
Doors .................................... 44
Trunk..................................... 47
1-3. Adjustable components
(seats, mirrors,
steering wheel)
Front seats............................ 51
Rear seats ............................ 52
Head restraints ..................... 54
Seat belts.............................. 56
Steering wheel ...................... 61
Anti-glare inside rear
view mirror .......................... 62
Outside rear view mirrors...... 64
1-4. Opening and closing the
windows
Power windows..................... 67
1-5. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank cap..... 70
1-6. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system................................ 75
1-7. Safety information
Correct driving posture......... 83
SRS airbags ......................... 85
Child restraint systems......... 97
Installing child restraints..... 105
Airbag manual on-off
system.............................. 115
2-1. Driving procedures
Driving the vehicle.............. 118
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with a smart
entry & start system) ........ 131
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without a smart
entry & start system) ........ 136
Automatic transmission ...... 140
Multi-mode manual
transmission..................... 142
Manual transmission .......... 147
Turn signal lever................. 150
Parking brake ..................... 151
Horn ................................... 152
1
Before driving
2
When driving
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
TMC corolla_EE
2-2. Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters ............ 153
Indicators and warning
lights ................................. 159
Multi-information display
(vehicles with Optitron
type meters)...................... 164
Multi-information display
(vehicles with
non-Optitron type
meters) ............................. 173
2-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch.................. 177
Fog light switch ................... 182
Windshield wipers and
washer .............................. 184
Headlight cleaner switch..... 189
2-4. Using other driving
systems
Cruise control...................... 190
Rear view monitor
system .............................. 194
Driving assist systems ........ 201
2-5. Driving information
Cargo and luggage ............. 207
Winter driving tips ............... 209
Trailer towing ...................... 212
3-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning
system.............................. 224
Manual air conditioning
system.............................. 231
Power heater...................... 236
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers ......................... 238
3-2. Using the audio system
Audio system types ............ 239
Using the radio ................... 241
Using the CD player ........... 245
Playing back MP3 and
WMA discs ....................... 250
Operating an iPod .............. 257
Operating a USB
memory ............................ 263
Optimal use of the audio
system.............................. 270
Using the AUX port ............ 272
Using the steering wheel
audio switches ................. 273
3
Interior features
TABLE OF CONTENTS Index
4
TMC corolla_EE
3-3. Using the Bluetooth
®
audio system
Bluetooth
®
audio system .... 276
Using the Bluetooth
®
audio system .................... 280
Operating a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable player .... 283
Setting up a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable player .... 285
Bluetooth
®
audio system
setup................................. 289
3-4. Using the hands-free
phone system
(for cellular phone)
Hands-free phone system
(for cellular phone)
features............................. 290
Using the hands-free
phone system
(for cellular phone)............ 295
Making a phone call............ 301
Setting a cellular phone ...... 304
Security and system
setup................................. 308
Using the phone book......... 312
3-5. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list.................. 318
• Interior light....................... 319
• Personal lights .................. 319
3-6. Using the storage features
List of storage features ....... 320
• Glove box ......................... 321
• Console box...................... 321
• Cup holders ...................... 323
• Auxiliary boxes ................. 324
3-7. Other interior features
Sun visors .......................... 326
Vanity mirrors ..................... 327
Ashtrays ............................. 328
Cigarette lighter.................. 329
Seat heaters....................... 330
Armrest............................... 332
Floor mat ............................ 333
Cargo hooks....................... 334
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior........... 336
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior............ 339
4-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements .................... 342
4-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ...................... 344
Hood................................... 347
Positioning a floor jack ....... 349
Engine compartment .......... 351
Tires ................................... 368
Tire inflation pressure......... 371
Wheels ............................... 373
Air conditioning filter........... 375
Key battery ......................... 378
4
Maintenance and care
1
2
3
4
5
6
5
TMC corolla_EE
Checking and replacing
fuses ................................. 382
Light bulbs .......................... 394
5-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers ............ 406
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ........................... 407
If you think something is
wrong................................ 414
Fuel pump shut off
system .............................. 415
5-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds... .......................... 416
If a warning message is
displayed .......................... 428
If you have a flat tire ........... 438
If the engine will not start .... 450
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P ................... 452
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted ............................... 453
If you lose your keys ........... 454
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ......... 455
If the battery is
discharged ........................ 458
If your vehicle overheats..... 465
If you run out of fuel and
the engine stalls................ 468
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................. 469
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in an
emergency ....................... 471
6-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.) ........... 474
Fuel information ................. 492
6-2. Customization
Customizable features ....... 496
Abbreviation list........................ 500
Alphabetical index .................... 501
What to do if... .......................... 509
5
When trouble arises
6
Vehicle specifications
Index
6
TMC corolla_EE
Headlights (low beam)
P. 177
Pictorial index
Exterior
Front fog lights
P. 182
Turn signal lights
P. 150
Hood
P. 347
Windshield wipers
P. 184
Outside rear view
mirrors
P. 64
Turn signal lights
P. 150
Front position lights
P. 177
Headlights (high beam)
P. 177
7
TMC corolla_EE
Tires
Rotation
Replacement
Inflation pressure
P. 368
P. 438
P. 490
: If equipped
Trunk
P. 47
Doors
P. 44
Fuel filler door
P. 70
Turn signal lights
P. 150
Rear window defogger
P. 238
License plate lights
P. 177
Tail lights
P. 177
Rear fog light
P. 182
8
TMC corolla_EE
Power window
switches
P. 67
Pictorial index
SRS front
passenger airbag
P. 85
SRS driver airbag
Horn
P. 85
P. 152
Head restraints
P. 54
Cup holders
P. 323
A
Parking brake lever
P. 151
Front seats
P. 51
SRS side airbags
P. 85
Glove box
P. 321
Auxiliary box
P. 324
Shift lever
P. 140, 142, 147
Seat belts
P. 56
Armrest
P. 332
Ashtray
P. 328
Console box
P. 321
Interior
9
TMC corolla_EE
Anti-glare inside
rear view mirror
P. 62
A
Rear view monitor system
P. 194
Vanity mirrors
P. 327
Personal lights
P. 319
Sun visors*
P. 326
Auxiliary box
P. 324
Interior light
P. 319
SRS curtain shield airbags
P. 85
: If equipped
*: Never use a rear-facing child restraint
system on the front passenger seat
when the airbag manual on-off switch is
on. (P. 113)
10
TMC corolla_EE
Window lock switch
P. 67
Power window switches
P. 67
Pictorial index
B
Door lock switch
P. 44
Type A
Interior
11
TMC corolla_EE
B
Type B
Window lock switch
P. 67
Power window switches
P. 67
Door lock switch
P. 44
12
TMC corolla_EE
Pictorial index
Gauges and meters
Multi-information display
P. 153
Windshield wiper and
washer switch
P. 184
Audio switches
P. 273
Hood opener
P. 347
Audio system
P. 239
Shift lock override button
P. 452, 453
“M-MT Es” switch
P. 143
SRS driver’s knee airbag
P. 85
Headlight switch
Turn signal lever
Fog light switch
P. 177
P. 150
P. 182
Paddle shift switches
P. 143
Tilt and telescopic steering
lock release lever
P. 61
Cigarette lighter
AUX port/USB port
P. 329
P. 257, 263, 272
Fuel filler door opener
P. 70
Trunk opener
P. 47
Emergency flasher switch
P. 406
Instrument panel
13
TMC corolla_EE
Rear window and out-
side rear view mirror
defoggers switch
/
rear window defogger
switch
P. 238
Engine immobilizer system
indicator
P. 75
A
Vehicles with an automatic air conditioning system
Vehicles with a manual air conditioning system
Engine immobilizer system
indicator
P. 75
Rear window and out-
side rear view mirror
defoggers switch
/
rear window defogger
switch
P. 238
Seat heater switch
P. 330
Air conditioning
system
P. 224
Power heater
switch
P. 236
Seat heater switch
P. 330
Power heater
switch
P. 236
Air conditioning
system
P. 231
: If equipped
14
TMC corolla_EE
Pictorial index
B
Instrument panel
Cruise control switch
P. 190
Telephone switch
P. 296
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with a smart
entry & start system)
P. 131
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without a
smart entry & start system)
P. 136
Talk switch
P. 296
15
TMC corolla_EE
VSC/TRC off switch
P. 202
Manual headlight leveling dial
P. 178
Outside rear view
mirror switches
P. 64
Headlight cleaner switch
P. 189
Auxiliary box
P. 324
: If equipped
C
16
TMC corolla_EE
For your information
Main Owner’s Manual
Please note that this manual covers all models and all equipment, including
options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not
installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of equipment.
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
Both genuine Toyota and a wide variety of other spare parts and accessories
for Toyota vehicles are currently available on the market. Should it be
determined that any of the genuine Toyota parts or accessories supplied with
the vehicle need to be replaced, Toyota Motor Corporation recommends that
genuine Toyota parts or accessories, be used to replace them. Other parts or
accessories of matching quality can also be used. Toyota cannot accept any
liability or guarantee spare parts and accessories which are not genuine
Toyota products, nor for replacement or installation involving such parts. In
addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the use of non-
genuine Toyota spare parts or accessories may not be covered under
warranty.
17
TMC corolla_EE
Installation of a RF-transmitter system
As the installation of an RF-transmitter system in your vehicle may affect
electronic systems such as the multi-port fuel injection system/sequential
multi-port fuel injection system, cruise control system, anti-lock brake sys-
tem, SRS airbag system or seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to check
with any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional for precautionary measures or special instructions
regarding installation.
Further information regarding frequency bands, power levels, antenna posi-
tions and installation provisions for the installation of RF-transmitters, is
available on request at any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional.
Scrapping your Toyota
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional, before you scrap your vehicle.
18
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influ-
ence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehi-
cle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that dis-
tracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the cigarette lighter, the windows, or other features of the vehicle. In addi-
tion, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be
fatal to children.
Your vehicle contains batteries and/or accumulators. Do not discard them into
the environment but cooperate with separate collection (Directive 2006/66/
EC).
19
TMC corolla_EE
Symbols used throughout this manual
Cautions & Notices
Symbols used in illustrations
CAUTION
This is a warning against anything which may cause injury to people if the
warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do in
order to reduce the risk of injury to yourself and others.
NOTICE
This is a warning against anything which may cause damage to the vehicle or
its equipment if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must
or must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of damage to your Toyota
and its equipment.
Safety symbol
The symbol of a circle with a slash through it means “Do not”, “Do
not do this”, or “Do not let this happen”.
Arrows indicating operations
Indicates the action (pushing, turning,
etc.) used to operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an operation
(e.g. a lid opens).
20
TMC corolla_EE
1
Before driving
21
TMC corolla_EE
1-1. Key information
Keys.................................... 22
1-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Smart entry & start
system .............................. 25
Wireless remote control...... 41
Doors .................................. 44
Trunk .................................. 47
1-3. Adjustable components
(seats, mirrors,
steering wheel)
Front seats.......................... 51
Rear seats .......................... 52
Head restraints ................... 54
Seat belts............................ 56
Steering wheel.................... 61
Anti-glare inside rear
view mirror ........................ 62
Outside rear view
mirrors .............................. 64
1-4. Opening and closing the
windows
Power windows................... 67
1-5. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap.................................... 70
1-6. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system .............................. 75
1-7. Safety information
Correct driving posture ....... 83
SRS airbags........................ 85
Child restraint systems ....... 97
Installing child restraints ... 105
Airbag manual on-off
system ............................ 115
22
TMC corolla_EE
1-1. Key information
Keys
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Electronic keys
• Operating the smart entry &
start system (P. 25)
• Operating the wireless
remote control function
(P. 41)
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system (type A)
Master keys
Operating the wireless remote
control function (P. 41)
Valet key
Key number plate
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system (type B)
Master keys
Valet key
Key number plate
23
1-1. Key information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Using the mechanical key (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
Take out the mechanical key.
After using the mechanical key,
store it in the electronic key. Carry
the mechanical key together with
the electronic key. If the electronic
key battery is depleted or entry
function does not operate prop-
erly, you will need the mechanical
key. (P. 455)
When required to leave a key to the vehicle with a parking attendant
Turn the luggage security system on. (P. 48)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system, remove the mechanical key for
your own use and provide the attendant with the electronic key only.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system, provide the attendant with the
valet key.
Key number plate
Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle. In the
event that a key is lost, a new key can be made by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional, using
the key number plate. (P. 454)
When riding in an aircraft
When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an aircraft,
make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft
cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag etc, ensure that the buttons are
not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to
emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.
24
1-1. Key information
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
To prevent key damage
Do not subject the keys to strong shocks, expose them to high tempera-
tures by placing them in direct sunlight, or get them wet.
Do not expose the keys to electromagnetic materials or attach any mate-
rial that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
Do not disassemble the electronic key.
25
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Smart entry & start system
: If equipped
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying the
electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
(The driver should always carry the electronic key.)
Locks and unlocks the doors (P. 2 6 )
Unlocks the trunk (P. 2 6 )
Starts the engine (P. 131)
Electronic key
Electronic key
Electronic key
26
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
Unlocking and locking the doors (front door handles only)
Grip the handle to unlock the
doors.
Make sure to touch the sensor on
the back of the handle.
The door cannot be unlocked for
3 seconds after the door is
locked.
Press the lock button to lock the
doors.
Unlocking the trunk
Press and hold the button to
unlock the trunk.
27
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Antenna location and effective range
Antenna location
Antennas outside the cabin
Antenna outside the trunk
Antenna inside the trunk
Antennas inside the cabin
28
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is
detected)
When locking or unlocking
the doors
The system can be operated
when the electronic key is
within about 0.7 m (2.3 ft.) of
either of the outside front
door handles. (Only the
doors detecting the key can
be operated.)
When starting the engine
or changing “ENGINE
START STOP” switch
modes
The system can be operated
when the electronic key is
inside the vehicle.
When unlocking the trunk
The system can be operated
when the electronic key is
within about 0.7 m (2.3 ft.) of
the trunk release button.
29
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Operation signals
The emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/
unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
Conditions affecting operation
The smart entry & start system uses weak radio waves. In the following situ-
ations, the communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may
be affected, preventing the smart entry & start system and wireless remote
control from operating properly. (Ways of coping: P. 455)
When the electronic key battery is depleted
Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electri-
cal noise
When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication devices
When the electronic key has come into contact with, or is covered by a
metallic object
When multiple electronic keys are in the vicinity
When carrying or using the electronic key together with the following
devices that emit radio waves
• Another vehicle’s electronic key
• A wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computer
If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to
the rear window
Battery-saving function
In the following circumstances, the entry function is disabled in order to pre-
vent the vehicle and electronic key batteries from discharging.
When the entry function has not been used for 2 weeks or more
When the electronic key has been left within approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of
the vehicle for 10 minutes or more
The system will resume operation when...
The vehicle is locked using the door handle lock switch.
The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the wireless remote control func-
tion. (P. 41)
The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the mechanical key. (P. 455)
30
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
Key battery depletion
The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years. (The battery becomes depleted
even if the electronic key is not used.) If the smart entry & start system or
the wireless remote control function does not operate, or the detection
area becomes smaller, the battery may be depleted. Replace the battery
when necessary. (P. 378)
If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the
engine stops. (P. 3 1 435)
To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 1 m
(3 ft.) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field.
•TVs
• Personal computers
• Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
• Table lamps
To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from
the outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the
key may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly.
(The alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention may not func-
tion.)
Note for the entry function
Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection
areas), the system may not operate properly in the following cases.
• The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle,
near the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or
unlocked.
• The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to
the rear bumper center when the trunk is unlocked.
• The electronic key is on the instrument panel, package tray, floor, or in
the glove box when the engine is started or “ENGINE START STOP”
switch modes are changed.
31
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave
reception conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin
and the door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the
electronic key inside the vehicle.
As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may
be locked or unlocked by anyone.
Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to
start the engine if the electronic key is near the window.
The doors may unlock if a large amount of water splashes on the door
handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash. (The doors will automatically
be locked after approximately 30 seconds if the doors are not opened
and closed.)
Gripping the door handle when wearing a glove may not unlock the door.
If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the elec-
tronic key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not
be unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to
unlock the doors.)
When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 2 m (6
ft.) of the vehicle.
Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 30 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.
Alarms and warning messages
A combination of exterior and interior alarms as well as warning messages
shown on the multi-information display is used to prevent theft of the vehicle
and accidents resulting from erroneous operation. Take appropriate mea-
sures in response to any warning message on the multi-information display.
(P. 428)
32
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
The following table describes circumstances and correction procedures
when only alarms are sounded.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Exterior alarm
sounds once for
2 seconds
Tried to lock the doors
using the entry function
while the electronic key
was still inside the passen-
ger compartment
Retrieve the elec-
tronic key from the
passenger compart-
ment and lock the
doors again.
Closed the trunk while the
electronic key was still
inside the trunk and all
doors are locked
Retrieve the elec-
tronic key from the
trunk and close the
trunk lid.
Exterior alarm
sounds once for
60 seconds
Tried to exit the vehicle
with the electronic key and
lock the doors without first
turning the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch OFF
Turn the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch
OFF and lock the
doors again.
Exterior alarm
sounds once for
10 seconds
Tried to lock the vehicle
using the entry function
while a door was open
Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.
Interior alarm
sounds continu-
ously*
Tried to open the door and
exit the vehicle without
shifting the shift lever to P
Shift the shift lever to
P.
Interior alarm
sounds once
The electronic key battery
is low
Replace the battery.
(P. 378)
33
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
*: Vehicles with an automatic transmission only
If the smart entry & start system does not operate properly
Locking and unlocking the doors and trunk: Use the mechanical key.
(P. 455)
Starting the engine:P. 456
When the electronic key battery is fully depleted
P. 378
Customization that can be configured at any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional
It is possible to deactivate the smart entry & start system, etc.
(Customizable features P. 496)
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Interior alarm
beeps repeatedly
Turned the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch to
ACCESSORY mode while
the driver's door was open
(Opened the driver's door
when the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch was in
ACCESSORY mode.)
Turn the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch
OFF and close the
driver's door.
Turned the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch OFF
while the driver's door was
open
Close the driver's
door.
34
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
Certification for the smart entry & start system
Hereby, Toyota Motor Corporation, declares that this TMLF-2 is in
compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant pro-
visions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
35
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Hereby, Toyota Motor Corporation, declares that this TMLF-2 is in
compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions
of Directive 1999/5/EC.㩷
Toyota Motor Corporation vakuuttaa täten että TMLF-2 tyyppinen laite on
direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien direktiivin
muiden ehtojen mukainen.㩷
Hierbij verklaart Toyota Motor Corporation dat het toestel TMLF-2 in
overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante
bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG.㩷
Par la présente Toyota Motor Corporation déclare que l'appareil TMLF-2
est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions
pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE.㩷
Härmed intygar Toyota Motor Corporation att denna TMLF-2 står I
överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga
relevanta bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.
Undertegnede Toyota Motor Corporation erklærer herved, at følgende
udstyr TMLF-2 overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i
direktiv 1999/5/EF.
Hiermit erklärt Toyota Motor Corporation, dass sich das Gerät TMLF-2 in
Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den
übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet.㩷
ȂǼ ȉǾȃ ȆǹȇȅȊȈǹ Toyota Motor Corporation ǻǾȁȍȃǼǿ ȅȉǿ TMLF-2
ȈȊȂȂȅȇĭȍȃǼȉǹǿ ȆȇȅȈ ȉǿȈ ȅȊȈǿȍǻǼǿȈ ǹȆǹǿȉǾȈǼǿȈ Ȁǹǿ ȉǿȈ
ȁȅǿȆǼȈ ȈȋǼȉǿȀǼȈ ǻǿǹȉǹȄǼǿȈ ȉǾȈ ȅǻǾīǿǹȈ 1999/5/EK.
36
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
Con la presente Toyota Motor Corporation dichiara che questo TMLF-2 è
conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite
dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE.
Por medio de la presente Toyota Motor Corporation declara que el
TMLF-2 cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras
disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
Toyota Motor Corporation declara que este TMLF-2 está conforme com
os requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 1999/5/CE.㩷
Hawnhekk, Toyota Motor Corporation, jiddikjara li dan TMLF-2
jikkonforma mal-ƫtiƥijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti oƫrajn relevanti li
hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC.
Käesolevaga kinnitab Toyota Motor Corporation seadme TMLF-2
vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/EÜ põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist
tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.
Alulírott, Toyota Motor Corporation nyilatkozom, hogy a TMLF-2 megfelel
a vonatkozó alapvetõ követelményeknek és az 1999/5/EC irányelv egyéb
elõírásainak.
Toyota Motor Corporation týmto vyhlasuje, že TMLF-2 spĎĖa základné
požiadavky a všetky príslušné ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.
Toyota Motor Corporation tímto prohlašuje, že tento TMLF-2 je ve shodČ
se základními požadavky a dalšími pĜíslušnými ustanoveními smČrnice
1999/5/ES.
Toyota Motor Corporation izjavlja, da je ta TMLF-2 v skladu z bistvenimi
zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi doloþili direktive 1999/5/ES.
37
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Šiuo Toyota Motor Corporation deklaruoja, kad šis TMLF-2 atitinka
esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas.
Ar šo Toyota Motor Corporation deklarƝ, ka TMLF-2 atbilst DirektƯvas
1999/5/EK bnjtiskajƗm prasƯbƗm un citiem ar to saistƯtajiem noteikumiem.
Niniejszym Toyota Motor Corporation oĞwiadcza, Īe TMLF-2 jest zgodny z
zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostaáymi stosownymi postanowieniami
Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC.
Hér með lýsir Toyota Motor Corporation yfir því að TMLF-2 er í samræmi
við grunnkröfur og aðrar kröfur, sem gerðar eru í tilskipun 1999/5/EC.
Toyota Motor Corporation erklærer herved at utstyret TMLF-2 er i
samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv
1999/5/EF.
38
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
Hereby, Tokai Rika Co., Ltd., declares that this Electronic Key,
model B90EA, is in compliance with the essential requirements and
other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
39
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Hereby, Tokai Rika Co., Ltd., declares that this Tuner, model
B62UA, is in compliance with the essential requirements and other
relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
40
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
People with implanted pacemakers or cardiac defibrillators should main-
tain a reasonable distance between themselves and the smart entry &
start system antennas. (P. 27)
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary,
the entry function can be disabled. Ask any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional for details,
such as the frequency of radio waves and timing of emitting the radio
waves. Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry
function.
User of any electrical medical device other than implanted pacemakers
and implanted cardiac defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the
device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional for details for disabling the entry function.
41
1
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Wireless remote control
: If equipped
The wireless remote control can be used to lock and unlock the vehi-
cle from outside the vehicle.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
Unlocks the trunk
(Push and hold)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
Unlocks the trunk
(Push and hold)
42
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
Operation signals
The emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/
unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
Door lock buzzer (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
If a door is not fully closed, a buzzer sounds continuously if an attempt to
lock the door is made. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the
vehicle once more.
Key battery depletion
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
P. 3 0
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years. (The battery becomes depleted
even if the key is not used.) If the wireless remote control function does not
operate, the battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when necessary.
(P. 379)
Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 30 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.
When the electronic key battery is fully depleted (vehicles with a smart
entry & start system)
P. 378
43
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Conditions affecting operation
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
P. 2 9
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the follow-
ing situations.
Near a TV tower, radio station, electric power plant, airport or other facil-
ity that generates strong radio waves
When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless commu-
nication device
When multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity
When the wireless key has come into contact with, or is covered by a
metallic object
When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby
When the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such as
a personal computer
Customization that can be configured at any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional
Settings (e.g. trunk unlocking function) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 496)
Certification for wireless remote control
Hereby, DENSO CORPORATION declares that this 12BBY/13BBZ is in
compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of
Directive 1999/5/EC.
44
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
Doors
The vehicle can be locked and unlocked using the entry function,
wireless remote control, key or door lock switch.
Entry function (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
P. 2 6
Wireless remote control (if equipped)
P. 4 1
Key
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical
key. (P. 455)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
Door lock switch
Unlocks all doors
Locks all doors
45
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
Close the door while pulling the door handle.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The door cannot be locked if the key is in the engine switch.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The door cannot be locked if the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in
ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode, or the electronic key is left
inside the vehicle.
Depending on the position of the electronic key, the key may not be
detected correctly and the door may be locked.
Inside lock button
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
The driver's door can be
opened by pulling the inside
handle even if the lock button
is in the lock position.
STEP
1
STEP
2
46
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
Rear door child-protector lock
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the locks
are set.
Unlock
Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear
doors.
CAUTION
To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failing to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out,
resulting in death or serious injury.
Always use a seat belt.
Ensure that all doors are properly closed.
Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
The doors may be opened and the passengers are thrown out of the vehi-
cle and it may result in serious injury or death.
Be especially careful for the driver’s door, as the door may be opened
even if the inside lock button is in locked position.
Set the rear door child protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seat.
47
1
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Trunk
The trunk can be opened using the trunk opener, entry function,
wireless remote control or key.
Opening the trunk from inside the vehicle
Trunk opener
Pull up the lever to release the
trunk lid.
Opening the trunk from outside the vehicle
Entry function (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
P. 2 6
Wireless remote control (if equipped)
P. 4 1
Key (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
The trunk can be opened using the mechanical key. (P. 455)
Key (vehicles without a smart entry & start system)
Turn the master key clockwise
to release the trunk lid.
48
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
Luggage security system
To protect luggage stored in the trunk against theft, do the following
procedures.
Push down the security lock
levers to lock the rear seatbacks.
Turn the master key (vehicles
without a smart entry & start sys-
tem) or mechanical key (vehicles
with a smart entry & start sys-
tem) counterclockwise to lock
the trunk opener feature.
Vehicles without a smart entry &
start system:
The trunk lid can only be opened
with the wireless remote control
(if equipped) or the master key.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start
system:
The trunk lid can only be opened
with the mechanical key.
STEP
1
STEP
2
Which key to the vehicle is to leave with a parking attendant after the
luggage security system is set.
P. 2 3
49
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Caution while driving
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving.
If the trunk lid is left open, it may hit near-by objects while driving or lug-
gage in the trunk may be unexpectedly thrown out, causing an accident.
In addition, exhaust gases may enter the vehicle, causing death or a seri-
ous health hazard. Make sure to close the trunk lid before driving.
Before driving the vehicle, make sure that the trunk lid is fully closed. If the
trunk lid is not fully closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving, caus-
ing an accident.
Never let anyone sit in the trunk. In the event of sudden braking or a colli-
sion, they are susceptible to death or serious injury.
When children are in the vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow children to enter the trunk.
If a child is accidentally locked in the trunk, they could overheat or suffo-
cate.
Do not allow a child to open or close the trunk lid.
Doing so may cause the trunk lid to operate unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing trunk lid.
50
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Using the trunk
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in seri-
ous injury.
Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the trunk lid before
opening it. Failure to do so may cause the trunk lid to fall closed again
after it is opened.
When opening or closing the trunk lid, thoroughly check to make sure the
surrounding area is safe.
If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the trunk is about to open or close.
Use caution when opening or closing the trunk lid in windy weather as it
may move abruptly in strong wind.
Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the trunk
lid. Such additional weight on the trunk lid may cause the lid to fall closed
again after it is opened.
The trunk lid may fall if it is not opened
fully. It is more difficult to open or close
the trunk lid on an incline than on a
level surface, so beware of the trunk lid
unexpectedly opening or closing by
itself. Make sure that the trunk lid is fully
open and secure before using the
trunk.
When closing the trunk lid, take extra
care to prevent your fingers etc. from
being caught.
When closing the trunk lid, make sure
to press it lightly on its outer surface.
51
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Front seats
CAUTION
Seat adjustment
Do not recline the seat more than necessary when the vehicle is in motion
to reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position.
Seat position adjustment
lever
Seatback angle adjustment
lever
Vertical height adjustment
lever (driver’s side only)
52
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
TMC corolla_EE
Rear seats
The seatbacks of the rear seats can be folded down.
Stow the rear outside seat belt
buckles and move the rear
center seat belt buckle as
shown.
Check that the security lock
lever in the trunk is raised.
Fold the seatback down while
pulling the seatback lock
release knob.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
53
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
After returning the seatback to the upright position
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught under the seat.
NOTICE
When left seatback is folded down
Make sure the luggage loaded in the enlarged trunk will not damage the
webbing of the rear center seat belt.
Make sure that the seatback is securely
locked in position by lightly rocking it
back and forth.
If the seatback is not securely locked,
the red marking will be visible on the
seatback lock release knob. Make sure
that the red marking is not visible.
54
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
TMC corolla_EE
Head restraints
Removing the head restraints
Adjusting the height of the head restraints
Adjusting the rear center seat head restraint
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push and hold the lock release
button when lowering the head
restraint.
Lock release button
Pull the head restraint up while pushing
the lock release button.
Lock release
button
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
55
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
Use head restraints designed for each respective seat.
Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
56
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
TMC corolla_EE
Seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driv-
ing the vehicle.
Correct use of the seat belts
Extend the shoulder belt so
that it comes fully over the
shoulder, but does not
come into contact with the
neck or slide off the shoul-
der.
Position the lap belt as low
as possible over the hips.
Adjust the position of the
seatback. Sit up straight
and well back in the seat.
Do not twist the seat belt.
Fastening and releasing the seat belt
Fastening the belt
Push the tab into the buckle
until a clicking sound is heard.
Releasing the belt
Press the release button.
Release button
57
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
The pretensioner helps the seat
belt to quickly restrain the occu-
pant by retracting the seat belt
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal
collision.
The pretensioner may not acti-
vate in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a side impact or a rear
impact.
Adjusting the height of the belt (front seats)
Down
Up
Move the height adjuster up
and down as needed until you
hear a click.
58
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
TMC corolla_EE
Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
Pregnant women
People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way.
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (P. 56)
Women who are pregnant should position
the lap belt as low as possible over the
hips in the same manner as other occu-
pants. Extend the shoulder belt com-
pletely over the shoulder and position the
belt across the chest. Avoid belt contact
over the rounding of the abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only a pregnant woman, but also the fetus
could suffer death or serious injury as a
result of sudden braking or a collision.
59
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle's seat belt. (P. 97)
When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle's seat
belt, follow the instructions on P. 56 regarding seat belt usage.
Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate
for the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent colli-
sions.
Seat belt regulations
If seat belt regulations exist in the country where you reside, please contact
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional, for seat belt replacement or installation.
CAUTION
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failing to do so may cause death or severe injury.
Wearing a seat belt
Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
Always wear a seat belt properly.
Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
Do not recline the seat any more than necessary to achieve a proper seat-
ing position. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
60
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Seat belt pretensioners
If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In that
case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
Seat belt damage and wear
Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belt cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
Ensure that the belt and tab are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional. Inappropriate handling of the pretensioner may prevent it from
operating properly resulting in death or serious injury.
61
1
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Steering wheel
CAUTION
Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury.
The steering wheel can be adjusted to a comfortable position.
Hold the steering wheel and
press the lever down.
Adjust to the ideal position by
moving the steering wheel
horizontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever
up to secure the steering
wheel.
STEP
1
STEP
2
62
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
TMC corolla_EE
Anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Glare from the headlights of vehicles behind can be reduced by
using the following functions.
Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Normal position
Anti-glare position
Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror
In automatic mode, sensors are used to detect the headlights of
vehicles behind and automatically reduces the reflected light.
Turns automatic mode on/off
The indicator comes on when
automatic mode is turned on.
Vehicles without a smart entry
& start system:
The mirror will revert to the
automatic mode each time the
engine switch is turned to the
“ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry &
start system:
The mirror will revert to the
automatic mode each time the
“ENGINE START STOP”
switch is turned to IGNITION
ON mode.
63
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
To prevent sensor error (vehicles with an auto anti-glare inside rear
view mirror)
When the shift lever is in R (vehicles with a rear view monitor system)
The auto anti-glare function will not operate.
CAUTION
Caution while driving
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
To ensure that the sensors operate prop-
erly, do not touch or cover them.
64
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
TMC corolla_EE
Outside rear view mirrors
Folding back the mirrors
Manual type
Push backward to fold the mir-
rors.
Mirror angle can be adjusted using the switches.
Select a mirror to adjust.
Left
Right
Adjust the mirror.
Up
Right
Down
Left
STEP
1
STEP
2
65
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Power type (if equipped)
Press the switch to fold the mir-
rors.
Press it again to extend them to
the original position.
The outside rear view mirrors can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON
mode.
When the mirrors are fogged up (vehicles with outside rear view mirror
defoggers)
Turn on the mirror defoggers to defog the mirrors. (P. 238)
66
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When driving the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failing to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
Do not drive with the mirrors folded back.
Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
When a mirror is moving (power type only)
To avoid personal injury and mirror malfunction, be careful not to get your
hand caught by the moving mirror.
When the outside rear view mirror defoggers are operating (vehicles
with outside rear view mirror defoggers)
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot and
burn you.
67
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
1-4. Opening and closing the windows
Power windows
Lock switch
Press the switch down to lock
passenger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent chil-
dren from accidentally opening or
closing a passenger window.
The power windows can be opened and closed using the following
switches.
Closing
One-touch closing (driver’s
window only)
*
Opening
One-touch opening (driver’s
window only)
*
*: Pressing the switch in the
opposite direction will stop win-
dow travel partway.
68
1-4. Opening and closing the windows
TMC corolla_EE
The power windows can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Operating the power window after turning the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch or the engine switch OFF (driver’s window only)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The power window can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even after
the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” position or turned OFF. They can-
not, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The power window can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even after
the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or
turned OFF. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is
opened.
Jam protection function (driver’s window only)
If an object becomes caught between the window and the window frame,
window travel is stopped and the window is opened slightly.
When the power window does not close normally
If the jam protection function is operating abnormally and a window cannot
be closed, perform the following operations using the power window switch
on the relevant door.
After stopping the vehicle, the window can be closed by holding the
power window switch in the one-touch closing position while the engine
switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart entry &
start system) or the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned to IGNI-
TION ON mode (vehicles with a smart entry & start system).
69
1-4. Opening and closing the windows
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
If the window still cannot be closed even by carrying out the operation
explained above, initialize the function by performing the following proce-
dure.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position.
Continue holding the switch for a further 6 seconds after the win-
dow has closed.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening position.
Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the win-
dow has opened completely.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position
once again. Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds
after the window has closed.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning.
If the window continues to close but then re-open slightly even after perform-
ing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional.
CAUTION
Closing the windows
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
Do not allow children to operate the power windows.
Closing a power window on someone can cause serious injury, and in
some instances, even death.
Jam protection function (driver’s window only)
Never try jamming any part of your body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally.
The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window fully closes.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
70
TMC corolla_EE
1-5. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank cap
Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap.
Before refueling the vehicle
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Turn the engine switch OFF and ensure that all the doors and
windows are closed.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF and ensure that
all the doors and windows are closed.
Opening the fuel tank cap
Pull up the opener to open the
fuel filler door.
Turn the fuel tank cap slowly
to open.
STEP
1
STEP
2
71
1-5. Refueling
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Closing the fuel tank cap
When replacing the fuel tank
cap, turn it until a clicking sound
is heard.
After releasing your hand, the cap
will turn slightly to the opposite
direction.
Hang the fuel tank cap on the
back of the fuel filler door.
STEP
3
72
1-5. Refueling
TMC corolla_EE
Fuel types
*
1
: NDE150L-AEFDYW, NDE150L-AEFNYW and NDE150L-AELNYW mod-
els*
3
*
2
: NDE150L-AEFDXW, NDE150L-AEFNXW and NDE150L-AELNXW mod-
els*
3
*
3
: The model code is indicated on the manufacturer's label. (P. 476)
Use of ethanol blended gasoline in a gasoline engine
Toyota allows the use of ethanol blended gasoline where the ethanol content
is up to 10%. Make sure that the ethanol blended gasoline to be used has a
Research Octane Number that follows the above.
Engine Type
Gasoline engine
EU area:
Unleaded gasoline conforming to
European standard EN228,
Research Octane Number of 95 or
higher
Except EU area:
Unleaded gasoline, Research
Octane Number of 95 or higher
Diesel engine
Without DPF catalytic converter*
1
EU area:
Diesel fuel conforming to European
standard EN590
Except EU area:
Diesel fuel that contains 350 ppm or
less of sulfur and has a cetane num-
ber of 48 or higher
With DPF catalytic converter*
2
EU area:
Diesel fuel conforming to European
standard EN590
Except EU area:
Diesel fuel that contains 50 ppm or
less of sulfur and has a cetane num-
ber of 48 or higher
73
1-5. Refueling
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Fuel tank capacity (Reference)
55 L (14.5 gal., 12.1 Imp. gal.)
CAUTION
Refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Touch the vehicle or some other metal surface to discharge any static
electricity.
Sparks resulting from discharging static electricity may cause the fuel
vapors to ignite.
Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap.
In hot weather, pressurized fuel may spray out of the filler neck and cause
injury.
Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their
bodies to come close to an open fuel tank.
Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically
charged.
This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition
hazard.
When replacing the fuel cap
Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your
vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in
death or serious injury.
74
1-5. Refueling
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
Refueling
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the exhaust systems to
operate abnormally or damaging fuel system components or the vehicle's
painted surface.
75
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
1-6. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system
The vehicle's keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent the
engine from starting if the key has not been previously registered in
the vehicle's on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
Vehicles without a smart
entry & start system
The indicator light flashes after
the key has been removed
from the engine switch to indi-
cate that the system is operat-
ing.
The indicator light stops flash-
ing after the registered key
has been inserted into the
engine switch to indicate that
the system has been can-
celed.
Vehicles with a smart entry
& start system
The indicator light flashes after
the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch has been turned OFF
to indicate that the system is
operating.
The indicator light stops flash-
ing after the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch has been turned
to ACCESSORY or IGNITION
ON mode to indicate that the
system has been canceled.
76
1-6. Theft deterrent system
TMC corolla_EE
System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type engine immobilizer system.
Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
If the key is in contact with a metallic object
If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle
77
1-6. Theft deterrent system
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Engine immobilizer certification
Hereby, Toyota Motor Corporation, declares that this TMIMB-1 is
in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant
provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
78
1-6. Theft deterrent system
TMC corolla_EE
Hereby, Toyota Motor Corporation, declares that this TMIMB-1 is in
compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions
of Directive 1999/5/EC.㩷
Toyota Motor Corporation vakuuttaa täten että TMIMB-1 tyyppinen laite
on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien
direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.㩷
Hierbij verklaart Toyota Motor Corporation dat het toestel TMIMB-1 in
overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante
bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG.㩷
Par la présente Toyota Motor Corporation déclare que l'appareil TMIMB-1
est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions
pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE.㩷
Härmed intygar Toyota Motor Corporation att denna TMIMB-1 står I
överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga
relevanta bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.
Undertegnede Toyota Motor Corporation erklærer herved, at følgende
udstyr TMIMB-1 overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i
direktiv 1999/5/EF.
Hiermit erklärt Toyota Motor Corporation, dass sich das Gerät TMIMB-1 in
Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den
übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet.㩷
ȂǼ ȉǾȃ ȆǹȇȅȊȈǹ Toyota Motor Corporation ǻǾȁȍȃǼǿ ȅȉǿ TMIMB-1
ȈȊȂȂȅȇĭȍȃǼȉǹǿ ȆȇȅȈ ȉǿȈ ȅȊȈǿȍǻǼǿȈ ǹȆǹǿȉǾȈǼǿȈ Ȁǹǿ ȉǿȈ
ȁȅǿȆǼȈ ȈȋǼȉǿȀǼȈ ǻǿǹȉǹȄǼǿȈ ȉǾȈ ȅǻǾīǿǹȈ 1999/5/EK.
79
1-6. Theft deterrent system
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Con la presente Toyota Motor Corporation dichiara che questo TMIMB-1
è conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti
stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE.
Por medio de la presente Toyota Motor Corporation declara que el
TMIMB-1 cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras
disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
Toyota Motor Corporation declara que este TMIMB-1 está conforme com
os requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 1999/5/CE.㩷
Hawnhekk, Toyota Motor Corporation, jiddikjara li dan TMIMB-1
jikkonforma mal-ƫtiƥijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti oƫrajn relevanti li
hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC.
Käesolevaga kinnitab Toyota Motor Corporation seadme TMIMB-1
vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/EÜ põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist
tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.
Alulírott, Toyota Motor Corporation nyilatkozom, hogy a TMIMB-1
megfelel a vonatkozó alapvetõ követelményeknek és az 1999/5/EC
irányelv egyéb elõírásainak.
Toyota Motor Corporation týmto vyhlasuje, že TMIMB-1 spĎĖa základné
požiadavky a všetky príslušné ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.
Toyota Motor Corporation tímto prohlašuje, že tento TMIMB-1 je ve shodČ
se základními požadavky a dalšími pĜíslušnými ustanoveními smČrnice
1999/5/ES.
Toyota Motor Corporation izjavlja, da je ta TMIMB-1 v skladu z bistvenimi
zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi doloþili direktive 1999/5/ES.
80
1-6. Theft deterrent system
TMC corolla_EE
Šiuo Toyota Motor Corporation deklaruoja, kad šis TMIMB-1 atitinka
esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas.
Ar šo Toyota Motor Corporation deklarƝ, ka TMIMB-1 atbilst DirektƯvas
1999/5/EK bnjtiskajƗm prasƯbƗm un citiem ar to saistƯtajiem noteikumiem.
Niniejszym Toyota Motor Corporation oĞwiadcza, Īe TMIMB-1 jest zgodny z
zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostaáymi stosownymi postanowieniami
Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC.
Hér með lýsir Toyota Motor Corporation yfir því að TMIMB-1 er í samræmi
við grunnkröfur og aðrar kröfur, sem gerðar eru í tilskipun 1999/5/EC.
Toyota Motor Corporation erklærer herved at utstyret TMIMB-1 er i
samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv
1999/5/EF.
81
1-6. Theft deterrent system
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Hereby, Tokai Rika Co., Ltd., declares that this Immobilizer, model
RI-33BTY, is in compliance with the essential requirements and
other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
82
1-6. Theft deterrent system
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
83
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
1-7. Safety information
Correct driving posture
Drive in a good posture as follows:
Sit upright and well back in
the seat. (P. 5 1 )
Adjust the position of the
seat forward or backward to
ensure the pedals can be
reached and easily
depressed to the extent
required. (P. 51)
Adjust the seatback so that
the controls are easily oper-
able.
Adjust the tilt and telescopic
positions of the steering
wheel downward so the air-
bag is facing your chest.
(P. 61)
Lock the head restraint in
place with the center of the
head restraint closest to the
top of your ears. (P. 54)
Wear the seat belt correctly.
(P. 56)
84
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
While driving
Do not adjust the position of the driver's seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint, increasing the risk of
death or serious injury to the driver or passenger.
Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an acci-
dent. The adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
Adjusting the seat position
Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passen-
gers are not injured by the moving seat.
Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
85
1
1-7. Safety information
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce the
risk of death or serious injury.
Front airbags
Driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front pas-
senger from impact with interior components.
Knee airbag (if equipped)
Can help provide driver protection.
Side and curtain shield airbags
Side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants.
Curtain shield airbags (if equipped)
Can help protect primarily the head of outside occupants.
86
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
Airbag system components
The main SRS airbag system components are shown above. The
SRS airbag system is controlled by the airbag sensor assembly. As
the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the
airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain the motion of the occu-
pants.
Knee airbag (if equipped)
Airbag manual on-off switch
Front passenger airbag
Curtain shield airbags
(if equipped)
Side airbags
Passenger airbag indicator
light
Curtain shield airbag sen-
sors (if equipped)
SRS warning light
Driver airbag
Vehicles with curtain
shield airbags: Side and
curtain shield airbag
sensors
Vehicles without curtain
shield airbags: Side air-
bag sensors
Airbag sensor assembly
Front airbag sensors
Seat belt pretensioners and
force limiters
87
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
Bruising and slight abrasions may result from contact with a deploying
(inflating) SRS airbag.
A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
Vehicles with curtain shield airbags: Parts of the airbag module (steering
wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as well as the front seats, and parts
of the front and rear pillars and roof side rail, may be hot for several min-
utes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
Vehicles without curtain shield airbags: Parts of the airbag module (steer-
ing wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as well as the front seats may
be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
The windshield may crack.
SRS airbag deployment conditions (front airbags)
The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds
the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approxi-
mately 20 - 30 km/h [12 - 18 mph] frontal collision with a fixed wall that
does not move or deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher if the vehicle
strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or
deform on impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an underride collision (e.g.
a collision in which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the
bed of a truck, etc.).
Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt
pretensioners will activate.
SRS airbag deployment conditions (side and curtain shield airbags [if
equipped])
The SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of
an impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force correspond-
ing to the impact force produced by an approximately 1500 kg [3300 lb.]
vehicle colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the
vehicle orientation at an approximate speed of 20 - 30 km/h [12 - 18 mph]).
88
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other
than a collision
The SRS front airbags may also deploy if a serious impact occurs to the
underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration.
Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbag (front airbags)
The SRS front airbags are generally not designed to inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-
speed frontal collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes suffi-
cient forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front air-
bags may occur.
Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or
hard surface
Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
Landing hard or vehicle falling
Collision from the side
Collision from the rear
Vehicle rollover
89
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbag
(side and curtain shield airbags [if equipped])
The SRS side airbag and curtain shield airbag system may not activate if the
vehicle is subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a colli-
sion to the side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
The SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags are not generally designed
to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a frontal or rear collision, if it rolls over,
or if it is involved in a low-speed side collision.
Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger com-
partment
Collision from the side at an angle
Collision from the front
Collision from the rear
Vehicle rollover
90
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
When to contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional
In the following cases, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional, as soon as possible.
Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS airbags to inflate.
A portion of a door is damaged or
deformed, or the vehicle was involved
in an accident that was not severe
enough to cause the SRS side airbags
and curtain shield airbags (if equipped)
to inflate.
Vehicles with a knee airbag: The pad
section of the steering wheel or dash-
board near the front passenger airbag
cover or lower portion of the instrument
panel is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
Vehicles without a knee airbag: The
pad section of the steering wheel or
dashboard near the front passenger air-
bag is scratched, cracked, or otherwise
damaged.
91
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
The surface of the seats with the side
airbag (if equipped) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
Vehicles with curtain shield airbags:
The portion of the front pillars, rear pil-
lars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside is scratched, cracked or other-
wise damaged.
92
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 50 - 75 mm (2 - 3 in.) of
inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10 in.) from your driver airbag provides
you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from the center
of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 250 mm (10 in.)
away now, you can change your driving position in several ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 250 mm
(10 in.) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply
by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your
seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-
slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the air-
bag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended above, while still maintaining
control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view of the instrument
panel controls.
93
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
SRS airbag precautions
The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the air-
bag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint sys-
tem. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
the safest for infants and children. (P. 97)
Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
Do not drive the vehicle while the driver
or passenger has items resting on their
knees.
94
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
SRS airbag precautions
Vehicles with curtain shield airbags: Do
not lean against the door, the roof side
rail or the front, side and rear pillars.
Vehicles without curtain shield airbags:
Do not lean against the front door.
Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seat toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
Vehicles with a knee airbag: Do not
attach anything to or lean anything
against areas such as the dashboard,
steering wheel pad or lower portion of
the instrument panel.
These items can become projectiles
when SRS driver, front passenger and
knee airbags deploy.
Vehicles without a knee airbag: Do not
attach anything to or lean anything
against areas such as the dashboard or
steering wheel pad.
These items can become projectiles
when SRS driver and front passenger
airbags deploy.
95
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
SRS airbag precautions
Vehicles with a knee airbag: If the vinyl cover is put on the area where the
SRS knee airbag will deploy, be sure to remove it.
Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the airbags.
Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS air-
bag components shown on P. 86.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
Vehicles with curtain shield airbags: Do
not attach anything to areas such as
the door, windshield glass, side door
glass, front and rear pillars, roof side
rail or assist grip.
Vehicles with curtain shield airbags: Do
not hang coat hangers or other hard
objects on the coat hooks. All of these
items could become projectiles and
seriously injure or kill you, should the
SRS curtain shield airbag deploy.
Vehicles without curtain shield airbags:
Do not attach anything to areas such as
the door, windshield glass or side door
glass.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start
system and with a knee airbag: Do not
attach any heavy, sharp or hard objects
such as keys or accessories to the key.
The objects may restrict the SRS knee
airbag inflation or be thrust into the
driver's seat area by the force of the
deploying airbag, thus causing a dan-
ger.
96
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
SRS airbag precautions
Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS air-
bags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbag has deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
Vehicles with curtain shield airbags: If the areas where the SRS airbags
are stored, such as the steering wheel pad and front and rear pillars
garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have them replaced by any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
Vehicles without curtain shield airbags: If the areas where the SRS airbags
are stored, such as the steering wheel pad are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
The SRS airbags may malfunction or deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing
death or serious injury.
Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags.
Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rail.
Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment.
Installation of snow plows, winches, etc. to the front grille (bull bars, kan-
garoo bar etc.).
Modifications to the vehicle's suspension system.
Installation of electronic devices such as an RF-transmitter or CD players.
97
1
1-7. Safety information
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Child restraint systems
Points to remember
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one to the front passenger seat.
Choose a child restraint system appropriate to the age and size of
the child.
For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the
child restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(P. 105)
Toyota recommends that you use a child restraint system which
conforms to the regulation “ECE No.44”.
Types of child restraints
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 5 groups
according to the regulation “ECE No.44”.
Group 0: Up to 10 kg (22 lb.) (0 - 9 months)
Group 0
+
: Up to 13 kg (28 lb.) (0 - 2 years)
Group I: 9 to 18 kg (20 to 39 lb.) (9 months - 4 years)
Group II: 15 to 25 kg (34 to 55 lb.) (4 years - 7 years)
Group III: 22 to 36 kg (49 to 79 lb.) (6 years - 12 years)
In this owner's manual, the following popular 3 types of child restraint
systems that can be secured with the seat belts are explained.
Toyota strongly urges the use of child restraint systems.
98
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
Baby seat
Equal to Group 0 and 0
+
of “ECE
No.44”
Child seat
Equal to Group 0
+
and I of “ECE
No.44”
Junior seat
Equal to Group II and III of “ECE
No.44”
99
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Child restraint system suitability for various seating positions
Provided information in the table shows your child restraint system
suitability for various seating positions.
Front passenger seat
Rear seat
Airbag manual on-off
switch
ON
OFF
Outside Center
0
Up to 10 kg (22 lb.)
(0 - 9 months)
X
Never put
UUU
0
+
Up to 13 kg (28 lb.)
(0 - 2 years)
X
Never put
UUU
I
9 to 18 kg
(20 to 39 lb.)
(9 months - 4 years)
Front facing
UF
UUU
Rear facing
X
Never put
II, III
15 to 36 kg
(34 to 79 lb.)
(4 - 12 years)
UF U U U
Mass groups
Seating position
100
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
Key of letters inserted in the above table:
U: Suitable for “universal” category child restraint system approved
for the use in this mass group.
UF: Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category child restraint
system approved for the use in this mass group.
X: Not suitable seat position for children in this mass group.
Other child restraint systems different from the systems mentioned in
the table can be used, but the suitability of the systems must be care-
fully checked with the child restraint system manufacturer and
retailer.
101
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Child restraint system suitability for various seating positions
(with ISOFIX rigid anchor)
Provided information in the table shows your child restraint system
suitability for various seating positions.
Mass groups Size class Fixture
Vehicle ISOFIX
positions
Rear outside
Carrycot
F
ISO/L1
X
G
ISO/L2
X
(1) X
0
Up to 10 kg (22 lb.)
(0 - 9 months)
E
ISO/R1
X
(1) X
0
+
Up to 13 kg (28 lb.)
(0 - 2 years)
E
ISO/R1
X
D
ISO/R2
X
C
ISO/R3
X
(1) X
I
9 to 18 kg
(20 to 39 lb.)
(9 months - 4 years)
D
ISO/R2
X
C
ISO/R3
X
B
ISO/F2
IUF
B1
ISO/F2X
IUF
A
ISO/F3
IUF
(1) X
II, III
15 to 36 kg
(34 to 79 lb.)
(4 - 12 years)
XX
102
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
(1) For the CRS which do not carry the ISO/XX size class identifica-
tion (A to G), for the applicable mass group, the car manufac-
turer shall indicate the vehicle specific ISOFIX child restraint
system(s) recommended for each position.
Key of letters inserted in the above table:
IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX forward-facing child restraint systems of uni-
versal category approved for use in this mass group.
X: ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems
in this mass group and/or this size class.
Other child restraint systems different from the systems mentioned in
the table can be used, but the suitability of the systems must be care-
fully checked with the child restraint system manufacturer and
retailer.
When installing the child restraint system on the front passenger seat
Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
Get an appropriate child restraint system for the child. If a child is too large
for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat and use the vehicle's
seat belt. (P. 56)
When you have to use a child restraint
system in the front passenger seat, adjust
the seatback to the most upright position.
103
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Using a child restraint system
The use of a child restraint system not suitable for the vehicle may not prop-
erly secure the infant or child, resulting in serious injury or even death.
Child restraint precautions
For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle's interior.
Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that con-
forms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to acci-
dent statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
than in the front seat.
Never use a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat
when the airbag manual on-off switch is on. (P. 11 5 )
In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-fac-
ing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat when the
airbag manual on-off switch is on.
A forward-facing child restraint system should be allowed to be installed
on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the
seat as far back as possible, because the front passenger airbag could
inflate with considerable speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be
killed or seriously injured.
104
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Child restraint precautions
Vehicles with curtain shield airbags: Do not allow the child to lean his/her
head or any part of his/her body against the door or the area of the seat,
front and rear pillars or roof side rail from which the side airbags or curtain
shield airbags deploy even if the child is seated in the child restraint sys-
tem. It is dangerous if the side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate,
and the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child.
Vehicles without curtain shield airbags: Do not allow the child to lean his/
her head or any part of his/her body against the door or the area of the
seat from which the side airbags deploy even if the child is seated in the
child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbags inflate, and the
impact could cause death or serious injury to the child.
Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or an accident.
When the child restraint system is not in use
Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the restraint unsecured in the passenger compart-
ment.
If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the trunk. This will prevent it from injuring
passengers in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident.
105
1
1-7. Safety information
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Installing child restraints
Follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions. Firmly
secure child restraints to the rear seats using a seat belt or ISOFIX
rigid anchors. Attach the top strap when installing a child restraint.
Installation with a seat belt
ISOFIX rigid anchor (ISOFIX
child restraint system)
These exclusive fixing bars are
provided for the outside rear
seats. (Tags displaying the
location of the anchorages are
attached to the seats.)
Anchor bracket (for top strap)
Anchor brackets are provided
for all rear seats.
106
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
Installing child restraints using a seat belt
Rear facing Baby seat/child seat
Place the child restraint system
on the rear seat facing the rear
of the vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and insert
the plate into the buckle until a
click sound is heard. Make sure
that the belt is not twisted.
Follow the directions given in the
child restraint system installation
manual and fix the child restraint
system securely in place.
If your child restraint system is
not equipped with a lock-off (a
seat belt locking feature), secure
the child restraint system using a
locking clip.
After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to
ensure that it is installed securely.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
107
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Forward facing Child seat
Place the child restraint system
on the seat facing the front of the
vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and insert
the plate into the buckle until a
click sound is heard. Make sure
that the belt is not twisted.
Follow the directions given in the
child restraint system installation
manual and fix the child restraint
system securely in place.
If your child restraint system is
not equipped with a lock-off (a
seat belt locking feature), secure
the child restraint system using a
locking clip.
After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to
ensure that it is installed securely.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
108
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
Junior seat
Place the junior seat on the seat
facing the front of the vehicle.
Sit the child in the junior seat. Fit
the seat belt to the junior seat
according to the manufacturer's
instructions and insert the plate
into the buckle. Make sure that
the belt is not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is
correctly positioned over the
child's shoulder, and that the lap
belt is as low as possible.
(P. 56)
STEP
1
STEP
2
109
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
Installation with ISOFIX rigid anchor (ISOFIX child restraint system)
Check the positions of the exclu-
sive fixing bars, and install the
child restraint system to the seat.
The bars are installed in the
clearance between the seat cush-
ion and seatback.
If the child restraint has a top
strap, the top strap should be
latched onto the anchorages.
110
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
Child restraint systems with a top strap
Secure the child restraint using a seat belt or ISOFIX rigid
anchors, and do the following.
Outside
Remove the head restraint.
Center
Lower the head restraint to the
lowest position.
Open the anchor bracket cover,
latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top strap.
Make sure the top strap is
securely latched.
STEP
1
STEP
2
111
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Outside only: Replace the head
restraint.
STEP
3
When installing a child restraint system
You need a locking clip to install the child restraint system. Follow the
instructions provided by the manufacturer of the system. If your child
restraint system does not provide a locking clip, you can purchase the fol-
lowing item from any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
Locking clip for child restraint system
(Part No. 73119-22010)
112
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of sudden
braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
If the driver's seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach
the child restraint system to the right-
hand rear seat.
Adjust the front passenger seat so that
it does not interfere with the child
restraint system.
When installing a forward facing or
junior child seat on the front passenger
seat, move the seat as far back as pos-
sible.
Failing to do so may result in death or
serious injury if the airbags deploy
(inflate).
113
1-7. Safety information
1
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When installing a child restraint system
Never use a rear-facing child restraint
system on the front passenger seat
when the airbag manual on-off switch is
on. (P. 115)
The force of the rapid inflation of the
front passenger airbag can cause death
or serious injury to children in the event
of an accident.
There is a label on both sides of the
passenger side sun visor, indicating it is
forbidden to attach a rear-facing child
restraint system to the front passenger
seat.
Details of the label on the passenger
side sun visor are shown in the illustra-
tions below.
114
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When installing a child restraint system
When a junior seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child's shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child's neck, but not so that it could fall off the child's
shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Ensure that the belt and tab are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
Push and pull the child seat in different directions to be sure it is secure.
Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchorages
When using the lower anchorages, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchorages and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint system. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached,
or it may cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the
event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident.
115
1
1-7. Safety information
Before driving
TMC corolla_EE
Airbag manual on-off system
This system deactivates the front passenger airbag.
Only deactivate the airbags when using a child restraint system on
the front passenger seat.
“PASSENGER AIRBAG”
indicator
Vehicles without a smart entry
& start system:
This indicator turns on when
the airbag system is on. (Only
when the engine switch is in
the “ON” position.)
Vehicles with a smart entry &
start system:
This indicator turns on when
the airbag system is on. (Only
when the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch is in IGNITION
ON mode.)
Airbag manual on-off switch
116
1-7. Safety information
TMC corolla_EE
Deactivating the front passenger airbag
Insert the key into the cylinder
and rotate to the “OFF” position.
The “OFF” indicator turns on.
(Vehicles without a smart entry &
start system: Only when the
engine switch is in the “ON” posi-
tion.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start
system: Only when the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch is in IGNI-
TION ON mode.)
Airbag manual on-off indicator information
If any of the following problems occurs, it is possible that there is a malfunc-
tion in the system. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Neither “ON” nor “OFF” comes on.
The indicator does not change when the airbag manual on-off switch is
switched to the “ON” or “OFF” position.
CAUTION
When installing a child restraint system
For safety reasons, always install the child restraint system in a rear seat. In
the event that the rear seat cannot be used, the front seat can be used as
long as the airbag manual on-off system is set to “OFF”.
If the airbag manual on-off system is left “ON”, the strong impact of the air-
bag deployment (inflation) may cause serious injury or even death.
When a child restraint system is not installed on the front passenger
seat
Ensure that the airbag manual on-off system is set to “ON”.
If it is left “OFF”, the airbag may not deploy in the event of an accident, which
may result in serious injury or even death.
2
When driving
117
TMC corolla_EE
2-1. Driving procedures
Driving the vehicle ............ 118
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with a smart
entry & start system)....... 131
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without a smart
entry & start system)....... 136
Automatic transmission .... 140
Multi-mode manual
transmission ................... 142
Manual transmission......... 147
Turn signal lever ............... 150
Parking brake ................... 151
Horn.................................. 152
2-2. Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters .......... 153
Indicators and warning
lights ............................... 159
Multi-information display
(vehicles with Optitron
type meters).................... 164
Multi-information display
(vehicles with
non-Optitron type
meters) ........................... 173
2-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch................ 177
Fog light switch ................. 182
Windshield wipers and
washer ............................ 184
Headlight cleaner
switch.............................. 189
2-4. Using other driving
systems
Cruise control.................... 190
Rear view monitor
system ............................ 194
Driving assist systems ...... 201
2-5. Driving information
Cargo and luggage ........... 207
Winter driving tips ............. 209
Trailer towing .................... 212
118
TMC corolla_EE
2-1. Driving procedures
Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe driv-
ing.
Starting the engine
P. 131, 136
Driving
Automatic transmission
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D.
(P. 140)
Release the parking brake. (P. 151)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
Multi-mode manual transmission
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to E or
M. (P. 142)
When shifting the shift lever to E: Make sure that the display of the
gear position indicator shows E.
When shifting the shift lever to M: Make sure that the display of
the gear position indicator shows 1.
Release the parking brake. (P. 151)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
Manual transmission
With the clutch pedal fully depressed, shift the shift lever to
1. (P. 147)
Release the parking brake. (P. 151)
Gradually release the clutch pedal. At the same time, gently
depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
119
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Stopping
Automatic transmission
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
When the vehicle is stopped for an extended period of time, shift
the shift lever to P or N. (P. 140)
Multi-mode manual transmission
With the shift lever in E or M, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
When the vehicle is stopped for an extended period of time, shift
the shift lever to N. (P. 142)
Manual transmission
With the clutch pedal fully depressed, depress the brake
pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
When the vehicle is stopped for an extended period of time, shift
the shift lever to N. (P. 147)
Parking the vehicle
Automatic transmission
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake. (P. 151)
Shift the shift lever to P. (P. 140)
When parking on a hill, if necessary, block the wheels.
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine
switch OFF to stop the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your
person.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
120
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Multi-mode manual transmission
With the shift lever in E or M, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake. (P. 151)
Shift the shift lever to E, M or R. (P. 142)
When parking on a hill, if necessary, block the wheels.
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine
switch OFF to stop the engine.
When shifting the shift lever to E or M: Make sure that the display
of the gear position indicator shows 1.
When shifting the shift lever to R: Make sure that the display of
the gear position indicator shows R.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your
person.
Manual transmission
With the clutch pedal fully depressed, depress the brake
pedal.
Set the parking brake. (P. 151)
Shift the shift lever to N. (P. 147)
When parking on a hill, shift the shift lever to 1 or R. If necessary,
block the wheels.
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine
switch OFF to stop the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your
person.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
121
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Starting on a steep uphill
Automatic transmission
Firmly set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to D.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Release the parking brake.
Multi-mode manual transmission
With the brake pedal depressed, firmly set the parking brake
and shift the shift lever to E or M.
When shifting the shift lever to E: Make sure that the display of the
gear position indicator shows E.
When shifting the shift lever to M: Make sure that the display of the
gear position indicator shows 1.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Release the parking brake.
Manual transmission
With the parking brake firmly set and the clutch pedal fully
depressed, shift the shift lever to 1.
Lightly depress the accelerator pedal at the same time as
gradually releasing the clutch pedal.
Release the parking brake.
Driving in the rain
Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the
windows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be
especially slippery.
Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road
surface, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
122
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, the following precautions are recommended
to observe:
For the first 300 km (200 miles):
Avoid sudden stops.
For the first 800 km (500 miles):
Do not tow a trailer.
For the first 1000 km (621 miles):
• Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
• Avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not drive continuously in the low gears.
• Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
Idling time before engine stop (diesel engine)
To prevent damage to the turbocharger, allow the engine to idle immediately
after high-speed driving or hill climbing.
Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (P. 480)
Driving condition Idling time
Normal city driving Not necessary
High-speed driv-
ing
Constant speed of approx.
80 km/h (50 mph)
Approximately 20
seconds
Constant speed of approx.
100 km/h (63 mph)
Approximately 1 minute
Steep hill driving or continuous driving at 100
km/h (63 mph) or more (race track driving etc.)
Approximately 2
minutes
123
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When starting the vehicle
Vehicles with an automatic transmission: Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the vehicle from
creeping.
Vehicles with a multi-mode manual transmission: Always keep your foot on
the brake pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the
vehicle from moving unexpectedly.
When driving the vehicle
Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accel-
erator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident
that could result in death or serious injury.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a diffi-
culty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly, allowing you to depress the brake and accelerator
pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, result-
ing in an accident.
Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. This may
cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
Except vehicles with a manual transmission: Do not let the vehicle roll
backwards while the shift lever is in a driving position, or roll forward while
the shift lever is in R.
Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering
performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
If the smell of exhaust is noticed inside the vehicle, open the windows and
check that the trunk is closed. Large amounts of exhaust in the vehicle can
cause driver drowsiness and an accident, resulting in death or a serious
health hazard. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional, immedi-
ately.
124
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
On vehicles with an automatic transmission, do not shift the shift lever to P
while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
Do not shift the shift lever to D (vehicles with an automatic transmission),
E, M (vehicles with a multi-mode manual transmission) or 1 (vehicles with
a manual transmission) while the vehicle is moving backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
Moving the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage the
engine from the transmission. Engine braking is not available when N is
selected.
During normal driving, do not turn off the engine. Turning the engine off
while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the
power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to
steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
However, in the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible
to stop the vehicle in the normal way: P. 471
Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving
down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (P. 141)
When stopped on an inclined surface, use the brake pedal and parking
brake to prevent the vehicle from rolling backward or forward and causing
an accident.
Do not adjust the display, the position of the steering wheel, the seat, or
the inside or outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control that can cause accidents
that may result in death or serious injury.
Always check that all passengers' arms, heads or other parts of their bod-
ies are not outside the vehicle, as this may result in death or serious injury.
125
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When driving on slippery road surfaces
Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle, resulting in an accident.
Sudden changes in engine speed, such as engine braking caused by up-
shifting or down-shifting, may cause the vehicle to skid, resulting in an
accident.
After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected, resulting in
an accident.
When shifting the shift lever
Except vehicles with a manual transmission: Be careful not to shift the shift
lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident and result in death or serious injury.
When the vehicle is stopped
Do not race the engine.
If the vehicle is in any gear other than P (vehicles with an automatic trans-
mission) or N (except vehicles with an automatic transmission) the vehicle
may accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, and may cause an accident.
Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space
and check that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
Except vehicles with a manual transmission: In order to prevent accidents
due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep depressing the brake pedal
while the engine is running, and apply the parking brake as necessary.
If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
126
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Avoid revving or racing the engine.
Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause
the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible
material is nearby.
When the vehicle is parked
Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following.
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of eye glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehi-
cle's electrical components.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission: Always apply the parking brake,
shift the shift lever to P, stop the engine and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
Vehicles with a multi-mode manual transmission: Always apply the parking
brake, shift the shift lever to E, M or R, stop the engine and lock the vehi-
cle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
Vehicles with a manual transmission: Always apply the parking brake, stop
the engine and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
Do not touch the exhaust pipe while the engine is running or immediately
after turning the engine OFF.
Doing so may cause burns.
Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it
is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is
running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead
to death or a serious health hazard.
127
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Vehicles with a multi-mode manual transmission: Do not turn off the
engine until 1st or reverse is engaged properly and completely. Confirm
that the gear is engaged by viewing the gear position indicator.
Parking the vehicle without a gear engaged may cause the vehicle to
move result in an accident.
Exhaust gases
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO) that is colorless and
odorless. Inhaling exhaust gases may lead to death or a serious health haz-
ard.
If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area, stop the engine. In a closed
area, such as a garage, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
This may lead to death or a serious health hazard.
The exhaust should be checked occasionally. If there is a hole or crack
caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be
sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Failure to do so may allow exhaust gases to enter the vehicle, resulting in
death or a serious health hazard.
When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, you may accidentally move the shift
lever or depress the accelerator pedal, which could cause an accident or fire
due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly
ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to
death or a serious health hazard.
128
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When braking the vehicle
When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously. Braking distance
increases when the brakes are wet, and may cause one side of the vehicle
to brake differently than the other side. Also the parking brake may not
securely hold the vehicle.
If the power brake assist function does not operate, do not follow other
vehicles closely and avoid downhills or sharp turns that require braking.
In this case, braking is still possible, but it will require more force on the
pedal than usual. Braking distance may also increase.
Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls.
Each push on the pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted
brakes.
The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems: If one of the
systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal
should be depressed more firmly than usual and braking distance
becomes longer.
Do not drive your vehicle with only a single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear indicators)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional, as soon as
possible.
The rotor damage can result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
129
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
When driving the vehicle
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress accelerator and brake pedals
together to hold the vehicle on a hill.
Vehicles with a multi-mode manual transmission
Do not use the accelerator pedal or starting assist system to hold the vehicle
on a hill.
Doing so may damage the clutch.
Vehicles with a manual transmission
Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving.
Doing so may cause clutch trouble.
Do not use any gears other than the first gear when starting off and mov-
ing forward.
Doing so may damage the clutch.
Do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle when stopping on an uphill grade.
Doing so may damage the clutch.
When parking the vehicle (vehicles with an automatic transmission)
Always put the shift lever in P. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to
move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if the accelerator pedal is acci-
dentally depressed.
Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for a
long time.
Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
Diesel engine only: Make sure to idle the engine immediately after high-
speed driving or hill climbing. Stop the engine only after the turbocharger
has cooled down.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the turbocharger.
130
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually press the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle.
It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
The vehicle will make abnormal sounds.
The vehicle will behave abnormally.
Replace the flat tire with a new one. (P. 441)
When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle.
Engine stalling
Short in electrical components
Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional check the following.
Brake function
Changes in quantity and quality of engine oil, transaxle fluid, etc.
Lubricant condition for the bearings and suspension joints (where possi-
ble) and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.
131
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
Performing the following operations when carrying the electronic
key on your person starts the engine or changes “ENGINE START
STOP” switch modes.
Starting the engine
Automatic transmission
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in P.
Sit in the driver’s seat and firmly depress the brake pedal.
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch indicator turns green. If the
indicator does not turn green, the engine cannot be started.
Press the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch.
The engine will crank until it
starts or for up to 30 seconds,
whichever is less.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal until the engine is com-
pletely started.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
132
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Manual transmission
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in N.
Firmly depress the clutch pedal.
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch indicator turns green.
Press the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch.
The engine will crank until it
starts or for up to 30 seconds,
whichever is less.
The engine can be started
from any “ENGINE START
STOP” switch mode.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
133
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Changing “ENGINE START STOP” switch mode
Modes can be changed by pressing the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch with the brake pedal (vehicles with an automatic transmis-
sion) or clutch pedal (vehicles with a manual transmission)
released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)
OFF*
Emergency flashers can be
used.
ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components
such as the audio system can
be used.
The “ENGINE START STOP”
switch indicator turns amber.
IGNITION ON mode
All electrical components can
be used.
The “ENGINE START STOP”
switch indicator turns amber.
*: Vehicles with an automatic
transmission: If the shift lever
is in a position other than P
when turning off the engine,
the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch will be turned to
ACCESSORY mode, not to
OFF.
134
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Steering lock release
If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 75)
When the “ENGINE START STOP” switch indicator flashes in amber
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional, immediately.
Auto power off function
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch will automatically turn OFF when left in
ACCESSORY mode for 1 hour or more.
Electronic key battery depletion
P. 3 0
When the electronic key battery is discharged
P. 378
Conditions affecting operation
P. 2 9
Note for the entry function
P. 3 0
Make sure that the steering wheel lock is
released.
To release the steering wheel lock, gently
turn the wheel left or right while pressing
the “ENGINE START STOP” switch.
When the steering wheel lock does not
release, the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch indicator will flash green.
135
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver's seat. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Stopping the engine in an emergency
If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the vehicle,
push and hold the “ENGINE START STOP” switch for more than 3 seconds.
However, do not touch the “ENGINE START STOP” switch while driving
except in an emergency. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause
loss of steering or braking control, but the power assist to these systems will
be lost. This will make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull
over and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the “ENGINE START STOP” switch in ACCESSORY or IGNI-
TION ON mode for long periods without the engine running.
When starting the engine
Do not race a cold engine.
If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have the engine
checked immediately.
136
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without a smart entry & start system)
Starting the engine
Automatic transmission
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in P.
Sit in the driver’s seat and firmly depress the brake pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position and start
the engine.
Multi-mode manual transmission
Check that the parking brake is set.
Firmly depress the brake pedal, turn the engine switch to
the “ON” position and shift the shift lever to N.
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position and start
the engine.
Diesel engine only: turns on. The engine begins starting
after goes out.
Manual transmission
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in N.
Firmly depress the clutch pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position and start
the engine.
Diesel engine only: turns on. The engine begins starting
after goes out.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
137
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Turning the key from “ACC” to “LOCK”
Engine (ignition) switch
“LOCK”
The steering wheel is locked
and the key can be removed.
(Vehicles with an automatic
transmission: The key can be
removed only when the shift
lever is in P.)
“ACC”
Some electrical components
such as the audio system can
be used.
“ON”
All electrical components can
be used.
“START”
For starting the engine.
Vehicles with an automatic trans-
mission: Shift the shift lever to P.
(P. 140)
Vehicles with a multi-mode man-
ual transmission: Shift the shift
lever to E, M or R. (P. 142)
Vehicles with a manual transmis-
sion: Shift the shift lever to N.
(P. 147)
Push in the key and turn to the
“LOCK” position.
STEP
1
STEP
2
138
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Steering lock release
If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 75)
Key reminder function
A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened, while the engine switch is in
“LOCK” or “ACC” position to remind you to remove the key.
CAUTION
When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver's seat. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Caution when driving
Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position while driving. If, in an
emergency, you must turn the engine OFF while the vehicle is moving, turn
the engine switch only to the “ACC” position.
When starting the engine, the engine
switch may seem stuck in the “LOCK”
position. To free it, turn the key while turn-
ing the steering wheel slightly in either
direction.
139
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the key in the “ACC” or “ON” position for a long period if the
engine is not running.
When starting the engine
Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat the
starter and wiring systems.
Do not race a cold engine.
If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have the engine
checked immediately.
140
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Automatic transmission
: If equipped
Select a shift position appropriate for the driving conditions.
Shifting the shift lever
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
While the engine switch is in the “ON” position, depress the
brake pedal and move the shift lever.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
While the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION
ON mode, depress the brake pedal and move the shift
lever.
141
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Downshifting restrictions
The shift lever cannot be downshifted if the following speeds are exceeded.
km/h (mph)
When driving with the cruise control system (if equipped)
The engine brake will not operate when downshifting from D to 3. (P. 190)
If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
P. 452
Shift position uses
*: Shifting to the D position allows the system to select a gear suitable for
the driving conditions.
Setting the shift lever to the D position is recommended for normal driv-
ing.
Shift position Function
P Parking the vehicle or starting the engine
R Reversing
N Neutral
D Normal driving*
3 Position for engine braking
2 Position for more powerful engine braking
L Position for maximum engine braking
Downshifting Maximum speed
32 100 (62)
2L 51 (31)
142
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Multi-mode manual transmission
: If equipped
Select a shift position appropriate for the driving conditions.
Shifting the shift lever
Shift position uses
*
1
: The most appropriate gear position is automatically selected upon an
operation of the accelerator pedal and vehicle speed.
*
2
: A gear position must be selected manually. However, the gear posi-
tion may automatically be changed down optimally according to vehi-
cle speed.
Shift position Function
R Reversing
N Neutral or starting the engine
E Easy (E) mode driving*
1
M Manual (M) mode driving*
2
(P. 143)
143
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Changing gear positions in M mode
Shift the shift lever to M and operate the shift lever or paddle shift
switch.
Upshifting
Downshifting
Selecting the Easy sports (Es) mode (when the shift lever is
in E only)
The Es mode can be selected for superior driving performance
and to achieve a feeling of faster acceleration than in E mode.
Turn the “M-MT Es” switch on.
Press the switch once more to
cancel the Es mode.
To improve fuel economy, can-
cel the Es mode for ordinary
driving.
144
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Changing gear positions in E or Es mode
When the shift position is in E or Es, the paddle shift switches can be
used to select a gear position temporarily. When a gear position is
selected, the gear position will be displayed.
Upshifting
Downshifting
145
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Maximum allowable speeds
Observe the following maximum allowable speeds in each gear when maxi-
mum acceleration is necessary.
km/h (mph)
Downshifting restrictions warning buzzer (in E mode [when the paddle
shift switch is operated] or M mode)
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may
sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be
possible even when the shift lever or paddle shift switch is operated. (The
warning buzzer will sound twice.)
Reverse warning buzzer
When shifting into R, a buzzer will sound to inform the driver that the shift
lever is in R.
Es mode automatic deactivation
Es mode is automatically deactivated if the engine switch is turned OFF after
driving in Es mode.
Gear position Maximum speed
1 42 (26)
2 79 (49)
3 115 (71)
4 156 (96)
5 212 (131)
146
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
If the shift lever cannot be shifted
With the shift lever in N
Depress the brake pedal to shift the shift lever. If the shift lever cannot be
shifted with your foot on the brake, there may be a problem with the shift
lock system. (P. 453)
With the shift lever in a position other than N
P. 453
If the driver's door is opened when the shift lever is in a position other
than N and the engine is running
A buzzer will sound. Close the driver's door.
If the M indicator does not come on even after shifting the shift lever to
M
This may indicate a malfunction in the multi-mode manual transmission sys-
tem. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer,
or another duly qualified and equipped professional immediately.
(In this situation, the vehicle will operate as if the shift lever is in E.)
If the N indicator is flashing
When shifting the shift lever
Shift the shift lever to N. Wait a few seconds and shift the shift lever to the
desired position.
When the engine is turned off
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position and shift the shift lever to N,
and then to the desired position.
If the indicator still blinks after the above operations, shift the shift lever to N
and start the engine. Then, shift the shift lever to the desired position.
If the N indicator is flashing and the warning buzzer is beeping
Shift the shift lever to N, and then to E, M or R.
147
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Manual transmission
: If equipped
Shifting the shift lever
Fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever, and
then release it slowly.
Shifting the shift lever to R
Shift the shift lever to R while
lifting up the ring section.
148
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Gear Shift Indicator (except vehicles with 1ZR-FE engine)
Gear Shift Indicator is a guide to help the driver achieve improved
fuel economy and reduced exhaust emissions within limits of engine
performance.
Upshifting
Downshifting
Gear Shift Indicator display
Gear Shift Indicator may not be displayed when your foot is placed on the
clutch pedal.
Maximum allowable speeds
Observe the following maximum allowable speeds in each gear when maxi-
mum acceleration is necessary.
km/h (mph)
Shift position
Maximum speed
1NR-FE engine 1ZR-FE engine 1ND-TV engine
1 44 (27) 45 (27) 42 (26)
2 81 (50) 84 (52) 79 (49)
3 119 (73) 123 (76) 115 (71)
4 160 (99) 166 (103) 156 (96)
5 190 (118) 197 (122) 212 (131)
149
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Gear Shift Indicator display
Refer to the display while considering actual traffic and road conditions. Fail-
ure to exercise judgment may lead to an accident.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission
Do not lift up the ring section except when shifting the lever to R.
Shift the shift lever to R only when the vehicle is stationary and the clutch
pedal is fully depressed.
Do not shift the shift lever to R without
depressing the clutch pedal.
150
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Turn signal lever
Turn signals can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
If the indicators flash faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
Right turn
Left turn
Move and hold the lever
partway to signal a lane
change.
The right hand signal will flash
until you release the lever.
Move and hold the lever
partway to signal a lane
change.
The left hand signal will flash
until you release the lever.
151
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Parking brake
Usage in winter time
See “Winter driving tips” for parking brake usage in winter time. (P. 209)
NOTICE
Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.
Setting the parking brake
Fully set the parking brake while depressing the brake pedal.
Releasing the parking brake
Slightly raise the lever and then lower it completely while pressing the
button.
152
2-1. Driving procedures
TMC corolla_EE
Horn
After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
The horn may not sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.
(P. 61)
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the mark.
153
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
2-2. Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters
Optitron type meters
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The following gauges, meters and displays illuminate when the
engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The following gauges, meters and displays illuminate when the
“ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute.
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank.
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.
Multi-information display
P. 164
154
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
Odometer/trip meter display change button
Switches the display.
Odometer/trip meter display
Displays odometer, trip meter and instrument panel light control.
P. 157
“DISP” button
Switches the multi-information display.
155
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Non-Optitron type meters
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute.
Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank.
Low fuel level warning light
P. 422
Odometer/trip meter display change button
Switches the display.
156
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
Odometer/trip meter display
Displays odometer, trip meter and instrument panel light control.
P. 158
Multi-information display
P. 173
“DISP” button
Switches the multi-information display.
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
157
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Switching the display
Pressing the button changes the
display as follows.
Vehicles with Optitron type meters
Odometer
Trip meters A and B
Instrument panel light control
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been
driven.
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven
since the meter was last reset. Trip meters A and
B can be used to record and display different dis-
tances independently.
Press and hold the button to reset.
Displays the brightness of the instrument panel
lights when the headlight switch is on.
Pressing and holding the button will adjust bright-
ness of the instrument panel lights.
158
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
Vehicles with non-Optitron type meters
Odometer
Trip meters A and B
Instrument panel light control
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been
driven.
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven
since the meter was last reset. Trip meters A and
B can be used to record and display different dis-
tances independently.
Press and hold the button to reset.
Displays the brightness of the instrument panel
lights when the headlight switch is on.
Pressing and holding the button will adjust bright-
ness of the instrument panel lights.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and its components
Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which
indicates the maximum engine speed.
The engine may be overheating if the top segments of the engine coolant
temperature gauge is flashing (Optitron type meters) or the engine coolant
temperature gauge are in the red zone (H) (non-Optitron type meters). In
these cases, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, and check the
engine after it has cooled completely. (
P. 465)
159
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Indicators and warning lights
The indicator and warning lights on the instrument cluster and cen-
ter panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s various sys-
tems.
Instrument cluster
Vehicles with Optitron type meters
Vehicles with non-Optitron type meters
160
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
Center panel
Indicators
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the
vehicle’s various systems.
Turn signal indicator
(P. 150)
(If equipped)
Gear Shift Indicator
(P. 148)
Headlight high beam
indicator (P. 178)
(If equipped)
Cruise control indicator
(P. 190)
Tail light indicator
(P. 177)
(Diesel engine)
Engine preheating
indicator (P. 136)
(If equipped)
Front fog light indicator
(P. 182)
(If equipped)
“VSC OFF” indicator
(P. 203)
Rear fog light indicator
(P. 182)
(If equipped)
Slip indicator
(P. 201)
*
1
*
1
*
1, 2
161
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
*
1
: Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON”
position to indicate that a system check is being performed. They
will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There
may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if
the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional for details.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
These lights turn on when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is
turned to IGNITION ON mode to indicate that a system check is
being performed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or
after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if a
light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn off. Have the vehi-
cle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional for details.
*
2
: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
Engine immobilizer
system indicator
(P. 75)
Shift position indicators
(P. 140)
(Vehicles with an automatic transmission)
(Vehicles with a multi-mode manual transmis-
sion)
Shift position and gear position indi-
cators (P. 142)
Airbag manual on-off
indicator (P. 11 5 )
*
1
162
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
Warning lights
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in any of the
vehicle’s systems. (P. 416)
*
1
: Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON”
position to indicate that a system check is being performed. They
will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There
may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if
the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional for details.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
These lights turn on when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is
turned to IGNITION ON mode to indicate that a system check is
being performed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or
after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if a
light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn off. Have the vehi-
cle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional for details.
*
2
: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
(If equipped)
(If equipped)
(If equipped)
(If equipped) (If equipped) (If equipped) (If equipped)
(Diesel
engine)
(If equipped)
(If equipped)
(If equipped) (For driver) (For front
passenger)
(If equipped) (If equipped)(If equipped)
*
1
*
1
*
1
*
1
*
1
*
1
*
1
*
1
*
1, 2
*
1
*
2
*
1
*
1
*
1
163
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as ABS and SRS warning light not come
on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are not
available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death or
serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional immediately if
this occurs.
164
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
Multi-information display (vehicles with Optitron type meters)
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of
driving-related data, including the current outside temperature, clock
and date.
Outside temperature dis-
play (P. 165)
Indicates the outside tempera-
ture.
Clock (P. 165, 167)
Indicates the time and sets the
clock.
Date (P. 165, 167)
Indicates the date and sets it.
Trip information (P. 165)
Displays driving range, fuel
consumption and other cruis-
ing-related information.
Warning messages
(P. 428)
Automatically displayed when
a malfunction occurs in one of
the vehicle’s systems.
165
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Switching the display
Display items can be switched
by pressing the “DISP” button.
Clock
Outside temperature
Date
Instantaneous fuel consumption
Displays the clock.
Displays the outside temperature.
The temperature range that can be displayed is from
-30C (-22F) to 50C (122F).
Displays the date.
Displays instantaneous fuel consumption.
166
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
Average fuel consumption
Driving range
Average vehicle speed
Elapsed time
Displays the average fuel consumption since the
function was reset.
• The function can be reset by pressing the “DISP”
button for longer than one second when the aver-
age fuel consumption is displayed.
• Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a
reference.
Displays the estimated maximum distance that
can be driven with the quantity of fuel remaining.
• This distance is computed based on your average
fuel consumption. As a result, the actual distance
that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
• When only a small amount of fuel is added to the
tank, the display may not be updated.
Displays the average vehicle speed since the
engine was started or the function was reset.
The function can be reset by pressing the “DISP” but-
ton for longer than one second when the average
vehicle speed is displayed.
Displays the elapsed time since the engine was
started or the function was reset.
The function can be reset by pressing the “DISP” but-
ton for longer than one second when the elapsed time
is displayed.
167
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Setting up display
Before setting
Display the set up screen on the multi-information display
when the vehicle is stopped.
Press and hold the “DISP” button
to enter the adjustment mode.
Select the desired item on the
menu screen.
Press and hold the “DISP” button
to enter the adjustment mode.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
168
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
Setting the clock
Select “CLOCK” on the menu screen. (P. 167)
Press the “DISP” button to adjust
the hours.
After adjusting the hours, wait 5
seconds to allow the hours to be
automatically input.
Press the “DISP” button to adjust
the minutes.
After adjusting the minutes, wait 5
seconds to allow the minutes to
be automatically input.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
169
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Setting the date
Select “DATE” on the menu screen. (P. 167)
Press the “DISP” button to select
the year.
After selecting the year, wait 5
seconds to allow the year to be
automatically input.
Press the “DISP” button to select
the month.
After selecting the month, wait 5
seconds to allow the month to be
automatically input.
Press the “DISP” button to select
the day.
After selecting the day, wait 5
seconds to allow the day to be
automatically input.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
170
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
Selecting the units
Select “UNITS” on the menu screen. (P. 167)
Select the desired item on the
unit screen.
Press and hold the “DISP” button
to input the choice.
Select the desired item.
Distance units
Select the desired distance unit.
Press and hold the “DISP” button
to input the choice.
Consumption units
Select the desired consumption
unit.
Press and hold the “DISP” button
to input the choice.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
171
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Date form
Select the desired date form.
Press and hold the “DISP” button
to input the choice.
Selecting the language
Select “LANGUAGE” on the menu screen. (P. 167)
Select the desired language.
Press and hold the “DISP” button
to input the choice.
Returning to the previous screen
Select “BACK” on the menu screen.
Press and hold the “DISP” button to input the choice.
STEP
1
STEP
2
172
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
System check display (if equipped)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
After turning the engine switch to the “ON” position, system operation is
checked. When the system check is complete, and/or are
displayed before returning to the normal screen.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
After turning the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to IGNITION ON mode,
system operation is checked. When the system check is complete,
is displayed before returning to the normal screen.
When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals
The following information data will be reset.
Clock
Date
Average fuel consumption
Driving range
Average vehicle speed
Elapsed time
Outside temperature display
In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer than normal to charge.
When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 25 km/h [16 mph])
When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/
exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
NOTICE
The multi-information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display
monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
173
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Multi-information display (vehicles with non-Optitron type meters)
Switching the display
Display items can be switched
by pressing the “DISP” button.
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of
driving-related data, including the current outside temperature and
clock.
Clock
Indicates the time and sets the
clock.
Trip information and outside
temperature display
Trip information: Displays driv-
ing range, fuel consumption
and other cruising-related
information.
Outside temperature display:
Indicates the outside tempera-
ture.
174
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
Outside temperature
Instantaneous fuel consumption
Average fuel consumption
Driving range
Displays the outside temperature.
The temperature range that can be displayed is from
-30C (-22F) to 50C (122F).
Displays instantaneous fuel consumption.
Displays the average fuel consumption since the
function was reset.
• The average fuel consumption can be reset by
pressing the “DISP” button for longer than one
second when the average fuel consumption is dis-
played.
• Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a
reference.
Displays the estimated maximum distance that
can be driven with the quantity of fuel remaining.
• This distance is computed based on your average
fuel consumption. As a result, the actual distance
that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
• When only a small amount of fuel is added to the
tank, the display may not be updated.
175
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Average vehicle speed
Setting the clock
Display the clock and outside temperature on the multi-infor-
mation display when the vehicle is stopped.
Press and hold the “DISP” button
to enter the adjustment mode for
the clock.
Press the “DISP” button to adjust the hours.
After adjusting the hours, wait 5 seconds to allow the hours to be
automatically input.
Press the “DISP” button to adjust the minutes.
After adjusting the minutes, wait 5 seconds to allow the minutes to
be automatically input.
Displays the average vehicle speed since the
engine was started or the function was reset.
The function can be reset by pressing the “DISP” but-
ton for longer than one second when the average
vehicle speed is displayed.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
176
2-2. Instrument cluster
TMC corolla_EE
When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals
The following information data will be reset.
Clock
Average fuel consumption
Driving range
Average vehicle speed
Outside temperature display
In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer than normal to charge.
When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 25 km/h [16 mph])
When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/
exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
NOTICE
The multi-information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display
monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
177
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Headlight switch
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
The front position, tail,
license plate and
instrument panel lights
turn on.
The headlights and all
lights listed above turn
on.
The headlights and
front position lights
turn on and off auto-
matically.
(Vehicles without a
smart entry & start
system: When the
engine switch is in the
“ON” position
Vehicles with a smart
entry & start system:
When the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch
is in IGNITION ON
mode)
(If equipped)
178
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TMC corolla_EE
Turning on the high beam headlights
With the headlights on, push
the lever forward to turn on the
high beams.
Pull the lever back to the center
position to turn the high beams
off.
Pull the lever toward you to
flash the high beams.
Release the lever to turn them off.
You can flash the high beams
with the headlights on or off.
Manual headlight leveling dial (vehicles without discharge headlights)
The level of the headlights can be adjusted according to the number
of passengers and the loading condition of the vehicle.
Raises the level of the head-
lights
Lowers the level of the head-
lights
179
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Guide to dial settings
Daytime running light system (if equipped)
To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers, the headlights and tail
lights turn on automatically whenever the engine is started. (However, the
daytime running light system will be canceled when the headlight switch is
operated manually or the automatic headlight system turns on the tail lights.)
Daytime running lights are not designed for use at night.
Headlight control sensor (if equipped)
Occupancy and luggage load conditions
Dial position
Occupants Luggage load
Driver None 0
Driver and front pas-
senger
None 0
All seats occupied None 2
All seats occupied Full luggage loading 3
Driver Full luggage loading 4
Headlight control sensor is located on the
driver's side.
The sensor may not function properly if
an object is placed on the sensor, or any-
thing that blocks the sensor is affixed to
the windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight sys-
tem to malfunction.
180
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TMC corolla_EE
Automatic light off system (if equipped)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
When the light switch is in
or : The headlights and front fog
lights turn off automatically if the engine switch is turned to the “ACC”
position or turned OFF.
When the light switch is in : The headlights and all lights turn off
automatically if the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” position or
turned OFF and the driver's door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn to the “ON” position, or turn the light switch
OFF once and then back to
or .
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
When the light switch is in
or : The headlights and front fog
lights turn off automatically if the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is
turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned OFF.
When the light switch is in : The headlights and all lights turn off
automatically if the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned to ACCES-
SORY mode or turned OFF and the driver's door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn to IGNITION ON mode, or turn the light
switch OFF once and then back to
or .
Light reminder buzzer (if equipped)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
A buzzer sounds when the driver's door is opened with the key removed
from the engine switch while the lights are turned on.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
A buzzer sounds when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned OFF or
to ACCESSORY mode and the driver's door is opened while the lights are
turned on.
Automatic headlight leveling system (vehicles with discharge head-
lights)
The level of the headlights is automatically adjusted according to the number
of passengers and the loading condition of the vehicle to ensure that the
headlights do not interfere with other road users.
181
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Customization that can be configured at any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional
Settings of light sensor sensitivity can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 496)
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not run-
ning.
182
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TMC corolla_EE
Fog light switch
The fog lights improve visibility in difficult driving conditions, such
as in rain or fog. The fog lights can be used when the headlights or
front position lights are turned on. (The rear fog lights can be used
when the front fog lights are turned on. [vehicles with a front and
rear fog light switch])
Front and rear fog light switch
Off
Front fog lights on
Both front and rear fog
lights on
Releasing the switch returns
the ring to . (vehicles
with an automatic headlight
system)
Rotating the switch ring again
turns only the rear fog light off.
183
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Rear fog light switch
Off
Rear fog light on
184
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TMC corolla_EE
Windshield wipers and washer
Intermittent wipers with interval adjuster
When intermittent wiper operation is selected, wiper intervals can
be adjusted.
Intermittent windshield
wiper operation
Low speed windshield wiper
operation
High speed windshield
wiper operation
Temporary operation
Increases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
Decreases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
185
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Wash/wipe operation
Wipers operate automatically.
Rain-sensing windshield wipers
With “AUTO” selected, the wipers will operate automatically when
the sensor detects falling rain. The system automatically adjusts
wiper timing in accordance with rain volume and vehicle speed.
Rain-sensing wiper opera-
tion
Low speed windshield wiper
operation
High speed windshield
wiper operation
Temporary operation
186
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TMC corolla_EE
The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Effects of vehicle speed on wiper operation (vehicles with rain-sensing
windshield wipers)
Even when the wipers are not in “AUTO” mode, wiper operation varies
depending on vehicle speed when the washer is being used (delay until drip
prevention wiper sweep occurs).
Sensor sensitivity (high)
Sensor sensitivity (low)
Wash/wipe operation
Wipers operate automatically.
(After operating several times,
the wipers operate one more
time after a short delay to pre-
vent dripping.)
187
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Raindrop sensor (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
If the wiper switch is turned to the “AUTO” position while the engine
switch is in the “ON” position, the wiper will operate once to show that
“AUTO” mode is activated.
If the temperature of the raindrop sensor is 90C (194F) or higher, or
-15C (5F) or lower, automatic operation may not occur. In this case,
operate the wipers in any mode other than “AUTO”.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
If the wiper switch is turned to the “AUTO” position while the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode, the wiper will operate
once to show that “AUTO” mode is activated.
If the temperature of the raindrop sensor is 90C (194F) or higher, or
-15C (5F) or lower, automatic operation may not occur. In this case,
operate the wipers in any mode other than “AUTO”.
If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked and if there is washer fluid in
the windshield washer fluid reservoir.
CAUTION
Caution regarding the use of windshield wipers in “AUTO” mode (vehi-
cles with rain-sensing windshield wipers)
The windshield wipers may operate unexpectedly if the sensor is touched or
the windshield is subject to vibration in “AUTO” mode. Take care that your
fingers or anything else do not become caught in the windshield wipers.
The raindrop sensor judges the amount
of raindrops.
An optical sensor is adopted. It may not
operate properly when sunlight from the
rising or setting of the sun intermittently
strikes the windshield, or if bugs etc.
are present on the windshield.
188
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
When a nozzle becomes blocked
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
189
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Headlight cleaner switch
The headlight cleaner can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
When the engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
When the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Windshield washer linked operation (with discharge headlights)
When the windshield washer is operated with the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch in IGNITION ON mode and the headlights on, the headlight cleaner
will operate once.
NOTICE
When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not use this function when the washer fluid tank is empty. This may
cause the washer fluid pump to overheat.
: If equipped
Washer fluid can be sprayed on the headlights.
Press the switch to clean the
headlights.
190
TMC corolla_EE
2-4. Using other driving systems
Cruise control
: If equipped
Use cruise control to maintain a set speed without using the acceler-
ator.
Indicator
Cruise control switch
Set the vehicle speed
Turn the “ON-OFF” button on.
Press the button once more to
deactivate the cruise control.
Accelerate or decelerate to
the desired speed and push
the lever down to set the
cruise control speed.
STEP
1
STEP
2
191
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Adjusting the speed setting
Increase speed
Decrease speed
Hold the lever until the desired
speed setting is obtained.
Fine adjustment of the set
speed can be made by lightly
pushing the lever up or down
and releasing it.
Canceling and resuming regular acceleration
Cancel
Push the lever towards you to
cancel cruise control.
The speed setting is also can-
celed when the brakes are
applied or the clutch pedal is
depressed (manual transmis-
sion only).
Resume
To resume cruise control and
return to the set speed, push
the lever up.
192
2-4. Using other driving systems
TMC corolla_EE
Cruise control can be set when
The shift lever is in the D or 3 (vehicles with an automatic transmission).
Vehicle speed is above approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).
Accelerating
The vehicle can be accelerated normally. After acceleration, the set speed
resumes.
Automatic cruise control cancellation
The set speed is automatically canceled in any of the following situations.
Actual vehicle speed falls more than approximately 16 km/h (10 mph)
below the preset vehicle speed.
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
Actual vehicle speed is below approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).
VSC is activated. (if equipped)
If the cruise control indicator light flashes
Turn the “ON-OFF” button off once, and then reactivate the system.
If the cruise control speed cannot be set or if the cruise control cancels
immediately after being activated, there may be a malfunction in the cruise
control system. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional, and have your Toyota inspected.
193
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
To avoid operating the cruise control by mistake
Keep the “ON-OFF” button off when not in use.
Situations unsuitable for cruise control
Do not use cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in control of the vehicle being lost and could cause an
accident resulting in death or serious injury.
In heavy traffic
On roads with sharp bends
On winding roads
On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
On steep hills
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
When your vehicle is towing a trailer or during emergency towing
194
2-4. Using other driving systems
TMC corolla_EE
Rear view monitor system
: If equipped
The rear view monitor system assists the driver by displaying an
image of the area behind the vehicle. The image is displayed in
reverse on the screen. This reversed image is a similar image to the
one on the inside rear view mirror.
The rear view image is dis-
played on the inside rear view
mirror.
The screen is turned off if any
one of the following conditions
are met:
• The shift lever is shifted out
of R
• The screen remains on for 5
minutes
Automatic transmission
Multi-mode Manual Trans-
mission
Manual transmission
Screen
195
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Rear view monitor guide lines
Guide lines are displayed on the screen.
The guide lines may look differently depending on vehicle orientation or
road conditions.
Vehicle width extension guide lines (blue)
These lines indicate the estimated vehicle width extension.
Distance guide line (blue)
This line indicates a position on the ground about 1 m (3 ft.) behind on the
ground of the rear bumper of your vehicle.
Distance guide line (red)
This line indicates a position on the ground about 0.5 m (1.5ft.) behind on
the ground of the rear bumper of your vehicle.
Vehicle center guide lines (blue)
These lines indicate the estimated vehicle center on the ground.
The rear view monitor system can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The shift lever is in R and the engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The shift lever is in R and the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION
ON mode.
196
2-4. Using other driving systems
TMC corolla_EE
Switching the screen ON/OFF mode
Displayed area
When the screen is displayed, press
“AUTO” on the inside rear view mirror to
switch the screen ON/OFF mode.
Screen ON mode: Green indicator comes
on.
Screen OFF mode: Amber indicator
comes on.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start
system
The auto anti-glare inside rear view mir-
ror will revert to the screen ON mode
each time the engine switch is in the
“ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start
system
The auto anti-glare inside rear view mir-
ror will revert to the screen ON mode
each time the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch is in the IGNITION ON mode.
The area covered by the camera is lim-
ited. Objects that are close to either cor-
ner of the bumper or under the bumper
cannot be seen on the screen.
The area displayed on the screen may
vary according to vehicle orientation or
road conditions.
Corners of bumper
197
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Rear view monitor system camera
The rear view monitor system camera is
located on the trunk as shown in the illus-
tration. The camera uses a special lens.
The distance of the image that appears
on the screen differs from the actual dis-
tance.
In the following cases, it may become dif-
ficult to see the images on the screen,
even when the system is functioning cor-
rectly.
The vehicle is in a dark area, such
as at night.
The temperature near the lens is
extremely high or low.
Water droplets are on the camera
lens or humidity is high, such as
when it rains.
Foreign matter, such as snow or
mud, adheres to the camera lens.
When the camera has scratches or
dirt on it.
The sun or headlights are shining
directly into the camera lens.
A bright object such as a white wall
is reflected in the mirror surface
over the monitor.
198
2-4. Using other driving systems
TMC corolla_EE
Smear effect
Flicker effect
When the camera is used under fluorescent light, sodium lights, or mercury
lights etc., the lights and the illuminated areas may appear to flicker.
If a bright light, such as sunlight reflected
off the vehicle body, is picked up by the
camera, a smear effect* characteristic to
the camera may occur.
*: Smear effect: A phenomenon that
occurs when a bright light is picked up
by the camera; when transmitted by
the camera, the light source appears to
have a vertical streak above and below
it.
199
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When using the rear view monitor system, observe the following pre-
cautions to avoid an accident that could result in death or serious inju-
ries.
Never depend solely on the monitor system when reversing.
Always check visually and with the mirrors to confirm your intended path is
clear.
Use your own eyes to confirm the vehicle’s surroundings, as the displayed
image may become faint or dark, and moving images will be distorted, or
not entirely visible when the outside temperature is low. When backing up,
be sure to check behind and all around the vehicle visually and with the
mirrors before proceeding.
Always check the vehicle surrounding area, because the guide lines are
ancillary lines.
The guide lines are ancillary lines and do not change even if the steering
wheel is turned.
Depicted distances between objects and flat surfaces differ from actual
distances.
Do not use the system if the trunk open.
Conditions which may affect the rear view monitor system
If the back of the vehicle has been hit, the camera’s position and mounting
angle may have changed. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
Rapid temperature changes, such as when hot water is poured on the
vehicle in cold weather, may cause the system to function abnormally.
If the camera lens is dirty, it cannot transmit a clear image. Rinse with
water and wipe with a soft cloth. If extremely dirty, wash with a mild
cleanser and rinse.
The displayed image may be darker and moving images may be slightly
distorted when the system is cold.
Caution while driving in reverse
Do not change modes while the vehicle is moving.
200
2-4. Using other driving systems
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
Camera precautions
As the camera has a water proof construction, do not detach, disassemble
or modify it. This may cause incorrect operation.
Do not subject the camera to a strong impact.
If the camera lens becomes dirty, it cannot transmit a clear image. If water
droplets, snow, or mud adhere to the lens, rinse with water and wipe with a
soft cloth. If the lens is extremely dirty, wash it with a mild cleanser and
rinse. Do not rub hard.
Do not allow organic solvent, car wax, window cleaner or glass coat to
adhere to the camera. If this happens, wipe it off as soon as possible. Do
not rub hard.
When replacing tires, please consult any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional. If you
replace the tires, the area displayed on the screen may change.
201
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Driving assist systems
When the VSC/TRC systems are operating
Vehicles with Optitron type meters
If the vehicle is in danger of slip-
ping or the front wheels spin, the
indicator flashes to indicate that
the VSC/TRC systems have
been engaged.
A buzzer (intermittent) sounds to
indicate that VSC is operating.
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following sys-
tems operate automatically in response to various driving situations.
Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and
should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehicle.
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if
the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface.
Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is
depressed, when the system detects a panic stop situation.
VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) (if equipped)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or turning
on slippery road surfaces.
TRC (Traction Control) (if equipped)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from spin-
ning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads.
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to turn
the steering wheel.
202
2-4. Using other driving systems
TMC corolla_EE
Vehicles with non-Optitron type meters
If the vehicle is in danger of slip-
ping or the front wheels spin, the
indicator flashes to indicate that
the VSC/TRC systems have
been engaged.
A buzzer (intermittent) sounds to
indicate that VSC is operating.
To disable TRC and/or VSC
If the vehicle gets stuck in fresh snow or mud, TRC and VSC may
reduce power from the engine to the wheels. You may need to turn
the system off to enable you to rock the vehicle in order to free it.
Turning off TRC
Quickly press and release the
button to turn off TRC.
The slip indicator light should
come on.
Push the button again to turn the
system back on.
203
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Turning off TRC and VSC
Vehicles with Optitron type meters
Press and hold the button for
more than 3 seconds while the
vehicle is stopped to turn off
TRC and VSC.
The slip indicator light and mes-
sage on multi-information display
should come on.
Push the button again to turn the
system back on.
Vehicles with non-Optitron type meters
Press and hold the button for
more than 3 seconds while the
vehicle is stopped to turn off
TRC and VSC.
The slip indicator light and the
“VSC OFF” indicator light should
come on.
Push the button again to turn the
system back on.
204
2-4. Using other driving systems
TMC corolla_EE
Reactivation of TRC and VSC linked to the engine switch position
(vehicles without a smart entry & start system)
Turning the engine switch OFF after turning off the TRC and VSC systems
will automatically re-enable them.
Reactivation of TRC and VSC linked to the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch mode (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
Turning the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF after turning off the TRC
and VSC systems will automatically re-enable them.
Reactivation of TRC linked to vehicle speed (gasoline engine)
When the TRC system is turned off, the TRC system will turn on when vehi-
cle speed increases. However, when the TRC/VSC systems are turned off,
the systems will not turn on even when vehicle speed increases.
Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, VSC and TRC
A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the engine is
started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indi-
cate that a malfunction has occurred in any of these systems.
Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
• Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
• A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
• The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
• The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
EPS operation sound
When the steering wheel operates, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be
heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Reduced effectiveness of EPS
The effectiveness of EPS is reduced to prevent the system from overheating
when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of time. The
steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain from
excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the engine off. The sys-
tem should return to normal within 10 minutes.
205
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
If the slip indicator comes on and stays on
The following cases may indicate that a malfunction has occurred in the VSC
system or the TRC system. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional immediately.
Vehicles with Optitron type meters
The warning message on the multi-information display comes on and a
buzzer sounds. (P. 430)
Vehicles with non-Optitron type meters
The “VSC OFF” indicator light flashes.
CAUTION
The ABS does not operate effectively when
Tires with inadequate gripping ability are used (such as excessively worn
tires on a snow covered road).
The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on the wet or slick
road.
Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of nor-
mal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle's stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you in the following situ-
ations.
When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
When driving with tire chains
When driving over bumps in the road
When driving over roads with potholes or uneven roads
206
2-4. Using other driving systems
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
TRC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the TRC system is operating.
Do not drive the vehicle in conditions where stability and power may be lost.
When the VSC system is activated
The slip indicator light flashes and a warning buzzer sounds. Always drive
carefully. Reckless driving may cause an accident. Exercise particular care
when the indicator light flashes and a buzzer sounds.
When TRC and VSC are off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road condi-
tions. As these are systems to ensure vehicle stability and driving force, do
not turn off TRC and VSC unless necessary.
Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the same size, brand, tread pattern and total
load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the appro-
priate tire pressure level.
The ABS and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires are fit-
ted on the vehicle.
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
Handling of tires and suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause the system to malfunction.
207
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
2-5. Driving information
Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following information about storage precautions,
cargo capacity and load.
Stow cargo and luggage in the trunk whenever possible.
Be sure all items are secured in place.
Be careful to keep the vehicle level. Placing the weight as far for-
ward as possible helps maintain vehicle balance.
For better fuel economy, do not carry unnecessary weight.
208
2-5. Driving information
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Things that must not be carried in the trunk
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the trunk.
Receptacles containing gasoline
Aerosol cans
Storage precautions
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations as the item
may get under the clutch, brake or accelerator pedal and prevent the ped-
als from being depressed properly, block the driver’s vision, or hit the
driver or passengers, causing an accident.
• Driver’s feet
• Front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
• Package tray
• Instrument panel
• Dashboard
• Auxiliary box or tray that has no lid
Secure all items in the occupant compartment, as they may shift and injure
someone during sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Never allow anyone to ride in the enlarged trunk. It is not designed for pas-
sengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat belts properly fas-
tened. Otherwise, they are much more likely to suffer death or serious
bodily injury, in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an acci-
dent.
209
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before driving
the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a manner appropri-
ate to the prevailing weather conditions.
Pre-winter preparations
Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tem-
peratures.
• Engine oil
• Engine coolant
• Washer fluid
Have a service technician inspect the level and specific grav-
ity of battery electrolyte.
Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set
of tire chains for the front tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains
match the size of the tires.
Before driving the vehicle
Perform the following according to the driving conditions.
Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is
frozen. Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice.
Wipe away the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents
in front of the windshield.
Remove any ice that has accumulated on the vehicle chassis.
Periodically check for and remove any excess ice or snow
that may have accumulated in the wheel well or on the
brakes.
210
2-5. Driving information
TMC corolla_EE
Selecting tire chains
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the tire chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain
3 mm (0.12 in.) in diameter
10 mm (0.39 in.) in width
30 mm (1.18 in.) in length
Cross chain
4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter
14 mm (0.55 in.) in width
25 mm (0.98 in.) in length
Regulations on the use of tire chains
Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary according to loca-
tion and type of road. Always check local regulations before install-
ing chains.
Install the chains on the front tires.
Retighten the chains after driving 0.5 - 1.0 km (1/4 - 1/2 mile).
When driving the vehicle
Accelerate the vehicle slowly and drive at a reduced speed suit-
able to road conditions.
When parking the vehicle
Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P (vehicles with an
automatic transmission) or R (except vehicles with an automatic
transmission) without setting the parking brake. The parking
brake may freeze up, preventing it from being released. If neces-
sary, block the wheels to prevent inadvertent sliding or creeping.
211
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Tire chains
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains.
Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
Install tire chains on the front tires.
Install tire chains following the instructions provided in the accompanying
manual.
CAUTION
Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
Use tires of the specified size.
Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
Do not drive at speeds in excess of the speed limit or the speed limit spec-
ified for the snow tires being used.
Snow tires should be installed on all wheels.
Driving with tire chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failing to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used or 50 km/h (30 mph), whichever is lower.
Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
Avoid sudden turns and braking.
Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle con-
trol is maintained.
212
2-5. Driving information
TMC corolla_EE
Trailer towing
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passenger carrying vehicle.
Towing a trailer will have an adverse effect on handling, perfor-
mance, braking, durability, and fuel consumption. Your safety and
satisfaction depend on the proper use of correct equipment and cau-
tious driving habits. For your safety and the safety of others, do not
overload the vehicle or trailer.
To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in
accordance with the trailer’s characteristics and operating condi-
tions.
Toyota warranties do not apply to damage or malfunction caused by
towing a trailer for commercial purposes.
Ask your local authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional, for further details before tow-
ing, as there are additional legal requirements in some countries.
Weight limits
Check the allowable towing capacity, GVM (Gross Vehicle
Mass), MPAC (Maximum Permissible Axle Capacity), and per-
missible drawbar load before towing. (P. 474)
Towing hitch/bracket
Toyota recommends the use of the Toyota hitch/bracket for your
vehicle. Other products of a suitable nature and comparable
quality may also be used.
213
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Important points regarding trailer loads
Total trailer weight and permissible drawbar load
Total trailer weight
Weight of the trailer itself plus the
trailer load should be within the
maximum towing capacity.
Exceeding this weight is danger-
ous.
(P. 474)
When towing a trailer, use a
friction coupler or friction
stabilizer (sway control device).
Permissible drawbar load
Allocate the trailer load so that
the drawbar load is greater than
25 kg (55.1 lb.) or 4% of the tow-
ing capacity. Do not let the draw-
bar load exceed the indicated
weight. (P. 474)
214
2-5. Driving information
TMC corolla_EE
Information tag (manufacturer’s label)
Type A
Gross vehicle mass
Maximum permissible rear
axle capacity
Type B
Gross vehicle mass
Maximum permissible rear
axle capacity
Gross vehicle mass
The combined weight of the driver, passengers, luggage, towing
hitch, total curb mass and drawbar load should not exceed the
gross vehicle mass by more than 100 kg (220.5 lb.). Exceeding this
weight is dangerous.
Maximum permissible rear axle capacity
The weight borne by the rear axle should not exceed the maximum
permissible axle capacity by 15% or more. Exceeding this weight is
dangerous.
The values for towing capacity were derived from testing con-
ducted at sea level. Take note that engine output and towing
capacity will be reduced at high altitudes.
215
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When the gross vehicle mass limit or maximum permissible axle
capacity is exceeded
Do not exceed the established speed limit for towing a trailer in built-up
areas or 100 km/h (62 mph), whichever is lower.
Failing to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or
serious injury.
216
2-5. Driving information
TMC corolla_EE
Installation positions for the towing hitch/bracket and hitch ball
461 mm (18.1 in.)
461 mm (18.1 in.)
1085 mm (42.7 in.)
548 mm (21.5 in.)
358 mm (14.1 in.)
293 mm (11.5 in.)
35 mm (1.4 in.)
367 mm (14.4 in.)
217
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Tire information
Increase the tire inflation pressure to 20.0 kPa (0.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar, 3 psi)
greater than the recommended value when towing. (P. 490)
Increase the air pressure of the trailer tires in accordance with the total
trailer weight and according to the values recommended by the manufac-
turer of your trailer.
Trailer lights
Check that the turn signal lights and stoplights are operating correctly every
time you hitch up the trailer. Directly wiring up to your vehicle may damage
the electrical system and stop the lights from functioning correctly.
Break-in schedule
Toyota recommends that vehicles fitted with new power train components
should not be used for towing trailers for the first 800 km (500 miles).
Maintenance
Maintenance must be performed more frequently when using the vehicle
for towing due to the greater weight burden placed on the vehicle com-
pared to normal driving.
Retighten all bolts securing the hitching ball and bracket after towing for
approximately 1000 km (600 miles).
Safety checks before towing
Check that the maximum load limit for the towing hitch/bracket and hitch
ball is not exceeded. Bear in mind that the coupling weight of the trailer
will add to the load exerted on the vehicle. Also make sure that the total
load exerted on the vehicle is within the range of the weight limits.
(P. 213)
Ensure that the trailer load is secure.
Supplementary outside rear view mirrors should be added to the vehicle
if the traffic behind cannot be clearly seen with standard mirrors. Adjust
the extending arms of these mirrors on both sides of the vehicle so that
they always provide maximum visibility of the road behind.
218
2-5. Driving information
TMC corolla_EE
Guidance
Your vehicle will handle differently when towing a trailer. In order to
avoid accident, death or serious injury, keep the following in mind
when towing:
Checking connections between trailer and lights
Stop the vehicle and check the operation of the connection
between the trailer and lights after driving for a brief period as well
as before setting off.
Practicing driving with a coupled trailer
Get the feel for turning, stopping and reversing with the trailer
coupled by practicing in an area with no or light traffic.
When reversing with a coupled trailer, hold the section of the
steering wheel nearest to you and rotate clockwise to turn the
trailer left or counterclockwise to turn right. Always rotate gradu-
ally to prevent steering error. Have someone guide you when
reversing to lessen the risk of accident.
NOTICE
When the rear bumper strengthening material is aluminum
Ensure the steel bracket part does not come directly in contact with that
area.
When steel and aluminum come into contact, there is a reaction similar to
corrosion, which will weaken the section concerned which may result in
damage. Apply a rust inhibitor to parts that will come in contact when attach-
ing a steel bracket.
219
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
Increasing vehicle-to-vehicle distance
At a speed of 10 km/h (6 mph), the distance to the vehicle running
ahead of you should be equivalent to or greater than the combined
length of your vehicle and trailer. Avoid sudden braking that may
cause skidding. Otherwise, the vehicle may spin out of control.
This is especially true when driving on wet or slippery road sur-
faces.
Sudden acceleration/steering input/cornering
Executing sharp turns when towing may result in the trailer collid-
ing with your vehicle. Decelerate well in advance when approach-
ing turns and take them slowly and carefully to avoid sudden
braking.
Important points regarding turning
The wheels of the trailer will travel closer to the inside of the curve
than the wheels of the vehicle. To make allowance for this, take the
turns wider than you would normally.
Important points regarding stability
Vehicle movement resulting from uneven road surfaces and strong
crosswinds will affect handling. The vehicle may also be rocked by
passing buses or large trucks. Frequently check behind when mov-
ing alongside such vehicles. As soon as such vehicle movement
occurs, immediately start to decelerate smoothly by slowly apply-
ing the brakes. Always steer the vehicle straight ahead while brak-
ing.
Passing other vehicles
Consider the total combined length of your vehicle and trailer, and
ensure that the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is sufficient before exe-
cuting lane changes.
220
2-5. Driving information
TMC corolla_EE
Transmission information
Automatic transmission
To maintain engine braking efficiency, when using engine braking,
do not use the transmission in D.
Multi-mode manual transmission
Select an appropriate gear in M mode to maintain the effectiveness
of engine braking and to maintain charging system performance.
Manual transmission
Refrain from driving in 6th gear to maintain the effectiveness of
engine braking and to maintain charging system performance.
If the engine overheats...
Towing a loaded trailer up a long steep incline in temperatures
exceeding 30C (85F) may result in the engine overheating. If the
engine coolant temperature gauge indicates that the engine is
overheating, turn the air conditioning off immediately, leave the
road and stop the vehicle in a safe place. (P. 465)
When parking the vehicle
Always place wheel chocks under the wheels of both the vehicle
and trailer. Firmly set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P
for automatic transmissions, E, M or R for multi-mode manual
transmissions, and 1 or R for manual transmissions.
221
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Follow all the instructions described in this section. Failure to do so could
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Trailer towing precautions
When towing, make sure that none of the weight limits are exceeded.
(P. 213)
Vehicle speed in towing
Observe the legal maximum speeds for trailer towing.
Before descending hills or long declines
Reduce speed and downshift. However, never downshift suddenly while
descending steep or long downhill grades.
Operation of the brake
Do not hold the brake pedal depressed often or for long periods.
Doing so may result in the brake overheating or reduce braking effects.
To avoid accident or injury
Do not use cruise control when you are towing.
Do not tow the vehicle with the compact spare tire installed.
222
TMC corolla_EE
3-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Automatic air
conditioning system ........ 224
Manual air conditioning
system ............................ 231
Power heater .................... 236
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers........................ 238
3-2. Using the audio system
Audio system types........... 239
Using the radio.................. 241
Using the CD player.......... 245
Playing back MP3 and
WMA discs...................... 250
Operating an iPod............. 257
Operating a USB
memory........................... 263
Optimal use of the audio
system ............................ 270
Using the AUX port ........... 272
Using the steering
wheel audio switches...... 273
3
Interior features
223
TMC corolla_EE
3-3. Using the Bluetooth
®
audio system
Bluetooth
®
audio
system ............................ 276
Using the Bluetooth
®
audio system .................. 280
Operating a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable
player.............................. 283
Setting up a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable
player.............................. 285
Bluetooth
®
audio system
setup............................... 289
3-4. Using the hands-free
phone system
(for cellular phone)
Hands-free phone system
(for cellular phone)
features .......................... 290
Using the hands-free
phone system
(for cellular phone).......... 295
Making a phone call.......... 301
Setting a cellular phone .... 304
Security and system
setup............................... 308
Using the phone book....... 312
3-5. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list................ 318
• Interior light..................... 319
• Personal lights ................ 319
3-6. Using the storage features
List of storage features ..... 320
• Glove box ....................... 321
• Console box.................... 321
• Cup holders .................... 323
• Auxiliary boxes ............... 324
3-7. Other interior features
Sun visors ......................... 326
Vanity mirrors.................... 327
Ashtrays............................ 328
Cigarette lighter ................ 329
Seat heaters ..................... 330
Armrest ............................. 332
Floor mat........................... 333
Cargo hooks ..................... 334
224
TMC corolla_EE
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning system
: If equipped
Air outlets are automatically selected and fan speed is automatically
adjusted according to the temperature setting.
Fan speed display
Windshield defogger
Temperature control
Outside air or
recirculated air mode
Fan speed
Temperature setting display
Off
Automatic mode
Changes the air outlets used
Air outlet display
Air conditioning
on/off button
225
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Using the automatic mode
Press .
The air conditioning system will begin to operate. Air outlets
and fan speed are automatically adjusted according to the
temperature setting.
Press “” to increase the temperature and “” to decrease the
temperature on .
STEP
1
STEP
2
226
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
TMC corolla_EE
Adjusting the settings
Adjusting the temperature setting
Press “” to increase the temperature and “” to decrease the tem-
perature on .
Adjusting the fan speed
Press “” (increase) or “” (decrease) on .
The fan speed is shown on the display. (7 levels)
Press to turn the fan off.
Changing the air outlets
Press .
The air outlets switch each time the button is pressed. The air flow
shown on the display indicates the following.
Air flows to the upper body.
227
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Air flows to the upper body and
feet.
: Some models
Air flows to the feet.
: Some models
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger operates.
: Some models
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recircu-
lated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.
228
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
TMC corolla_EE
Defogging the windshield
Defogging
The air conditioning system oper-
ates automatically.
Recirculated air mode will auto-
matically switch to outside air
mode.
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air outlets
Center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or
right, up or down.
Turn the knob up to open the
vent and down to close the
vent.
Right and left side outlets
Direct air flow to the left or
right, up or down.
Turn the knob right to open the
vent and left to close the vent.
229
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Using the automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically in accordance with the temperature set-
ting and ambient conditions. As a result, the following may occur.
Immediately after
is pressed, the fan may stop for a while until
warm or cool air is ready to flow.
Cool air may flow to the area around the upper body when the heater is
on.
Using the system in recirculated air mode
In a cold weather, the windows will fog up more easily if the recirculated air
mode is used for an extended period.
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Recirculated air mode or outside air mode may be automatically switched to
in accordance with the temperature setting and the inside temperature.
When outside air temperature approaches 0°C (32°F)
The air conditioning system may not operate even when
is pressed.
When
is selected for the air outlets used
For your driving comfort, air flowing to the feet may be warmer than air flow-
ing to the upper body depending on the temperature setting.
CAUTION
To prevent the windshield from fogging up
Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, blocking
your vision.
230
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
231
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Manual air conditioning system
Adjusting the settings
Adjusting the temperature setting (vehicles without the
button)
Turn the temperature control dial clockwise to increase the tem-
perature.
Adjusting the temperature setting (vehicles with the
button)
Turn the temperature control dial clockwise (warm) or counter-
clockwise (cool).
If is not pressed, the system will blow ambient temperature air or
heated air.
: If equipped
Fan speed control dial
Air outlet selection dial
Outside air or recirculated air mode
Air conditioning on/off button
(if equipped)
Temperature control dial
232
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
TMC corolla_EE
Adjusting the fan speed
Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise (increase) or counter-
clockwise (decrease).
Set the dial to “0” to turn the fan off.
Selecting the air outlets
Set the air outlet selection dial to an appropriate position.
The positions between the air outlet selections shown below can also be
selected for more detailed adjustment.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body and
feet.
: Some models
233
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Air flows to the feet.
: Some models
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger operates.
: Some models
Air flows to the windshield and
side windows.
The air intake is automatically
switched to outside air mode.
Vehicles with the button:
Pressing
to turn the air
conditioning on clears the wind-
shield and side windows faster.
234
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
TMC corolla_EE
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recircu-
lated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air outlets
Center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or
right, up or down.
Turn the knob up to open the
vent and down to close the
vent.
Right and left side outlets
Direct air flow to the left or
right, up or down.
Turn the knob right to open the
vent and left to close the vent.
235
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Using the system in recirculated air mode
In a cold weather, the windows will fog up more easily if the recirculated air
mode is used for an extended period.
When outside air temperature approaches 0°C (32°F) (vehicles with the
button)
The air conditioning system may not operate even when
is pressed.
When
is selected for the air outlets used
For your driving comfort, air flowing to the feet may be warmer than air flow-
ing to the upper body depending on the position of the temperature adjust-
ment dial.
CAUTION
To prevent the windshield from fogging up
Do not set the air outlet selection dial to during cool air operation in
extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the
outside air and that of the windshield can cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, blocking your vision.
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
236
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
TMC corolla_EE
Power heater
Power heater can be operated when
The engine is running.
Normal characteristics of power heater operation
The following cases do not indicate a malfunction.
When the power heater is turned on or off, some white smoke and a
slight odor may be emitted from the power heater exhaust that is located
under the floor.
When the power heater is being used under extremely cold conditions,
vapor may be visible from its exhaust.
When the power heater is turned off, you may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for about 2 minutes until the power heater turns off com-
pletely.
After the heater is off
We recommend not restarting the heater for 10 minutes after you turn it off.
Otherwise, a noise may be heard as the heater ignites.
When refueling your vehicle
The engine must be turned OFF. Turning the engine OFF turns the power
heater off.
: If equipped
This feature is used to keep the cab warm in cold conditions.
On/off
The power heater turns on
about 30 seconds after you
press the switch and it takes
about another 55 seconds to
warm up.
237
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
To prevent burns or damage on your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle
Do not turn the heater on and off repeatedly in 5 minute intervals as this
can shorten the life of the heater components. If the engine must be turned
on and off repeatedly within short intervals (such as when the vehicle is
being used for delivery purposes), turn the heater off.
Do not modify or open the heater without consulting any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
This may cause a heater malfunction or a fire.
Be careful not to splash water or spill liquid directly on the heater or on the
heater fuel pump. This may cause the heater to malfunction.
Keep the intake and exhaust pipes of the heater free from water, snow,
ice, mud, etc. If the pipes become clogged, this can cause the heater to
malfunction.
If you notice anything unusual, such as a fluid leak, smoke or poor opera-
tion, turn off the heater and have your vehicle checked by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
Do not touch the heater or its exhaust
pipe as they are hot. You may burn
yourself.
Keep flammable items such as fuel
away from the heater and its exhaust
pipe. This may cause a fire.
238
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
TMC corolla_EE
Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers
Outside rear view mirror defoggers (if equipped)
Turning the rear window defogger on will turn the outside rear view mirror
defoggers on.
CAUTION
Outside rear view mirror defoggers (if equipped)
The surfaces of the outside rear view mirrors become hot. Do not touch
them to prevent from burning yourself.
: If equipped
Clear the rear window using the defogger.
Vehicles with manual air conditioning system
On/off
Vehicles with timer: The defog-
gers will automatically turn off
after approximately15 minutes.
Vehicles with automatic air conditioning system
On/off
Vehicles with timer: The defog-
gers will automatically turn off
after approximately15 minutes.
239
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
3-2. Using the audio system
Audio system types
Using cellular phones
Interference may be heard through the audio system's speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is
operating.
: If equipped
CD player with changer controller and AM/FM radio
Title Page
Using the radio P. 241
Using the CD player P. 245
Playing back MP3 and WMA discs P. 250
Operating an iPod P. 257
Operating a USB memory P. 263
Optimal use of the audio system P. 270
Using the AUX port P. 272
Using the steering wheel audio switches P. 273
240
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary when the engine is
stopped.
To avoid damaging the audio system
Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids over the audio system.
241
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Using the radio
Setting station presets
Manually
Search for desired stations by turning or pressing “
”
or “” on .
Press and hold the button (from to ) the station is
to be set to until you hear a beep.
: If equipped
Volume
Automatic presetting of
radio stations
Station selector
AF mode button
TA mode button
Seeking the frequency
Adjusting the
frequency
AM/FM mode
buttons
Changing the
program types
Power
STEP
1
STEP
2
242
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Automatically
Press and hold until you hear a beep.
Up to 6 stations are set in order of reception quality. When the settings
are finished, 2 beeps will be heard.
In the FM1 or FM2 mode, the stations automatically set by the audio sys-
tem will be set in the FM3 presets.
RDS (Radio Data System)
This feature allows your radio to receive station and program informa-
tion (classical, news, etc.) from radio stations that broadcast this
information.
Listening to stations of the same network
Press .
AF-ON, REG-OFF modes: The station among those of the same
network with strong reception is
selected.
AF-ON, REG-ON modes: The station among those of the same
network with strong reception and
broadcasting the same program is
selected.
Each time is pressed, the mode changes in the order of AF-ON,
REG-OFFAF-ON, REG-ONAF-OFF, REG-OFF.
Specifying program type
Press
.
Each time is pressed, the program type changes in the order
of “NEWS”“SPORTS”“TALK”“POP”“CLASSICS”.
243
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Traffic information
Press .
TP mode: The system automatically switches to traffic information
when a broadcast with a traffic information signal is
received.
The station returns to the previous one when the traffic infor-
mation ends.
TA mode: The system automatically switches to traffic information
when a broadcast with a traffic information signal is
received. In FM modes, the system will be mute unless
traffic information is being broadcast.
The audio system returns to the previous mode when the traf-
fic information ends.
Traffic information cannot be heard if the hands-free phone
system is in use.
The audio system mode changes as follows each time is
pressed.
FM modes: TPTAOFF
Modes other than FM modes: TAOFF
Emergency broadcast reception mode
“ALARM” appears on the display in the event that an emergency
broadcast is received, and the emergency broadcast is aired.
244
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
EON (Enhanced Other Network) system (for traffic announcement
function)
If the RDS station (with EON data) you are listening to is not broadcasting a
traffic information program and the audio system is in the TA (traffic
announcement) mode, the radio will be switched automatically to a station
broadcasting a traffic information program in the EON AF list when traffic
information begins.
When the battery is disconnected
Stations presets are erased.
Reception sensitivity
Maintaining perfect radio reception at all times is difficult due to the con-
tinually changing position of the antenna, differences in signal strength
and surrounding objects, such as trains, transmitters, etc.
When is used, automatic station selection and automatic reg-
istering of stations may not be possible.
The radio antenna is mounted inside the rear window. To maintain clear
radio reception, do not attach metallic window tinting or other metallic
objects to the antenna wire mounted inside the rear window.
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB) radio
The optional radio antenna and tuner are necessary for the use of Digital
Audio Broadcast (DAB) radio.
245
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Using the CD player
Loading CDs
Insert a CD.
Ejecting CDs
Press and remove the CD.
Selecting a track
Press “
” to move up or “” to move down using until the
desired track number is displayed.
: If equipped
Volume
Random playback
Selecting a track, fast-forwarding or reversing
Repeat play
Playback
Power
CD eject
Displays text message
Selecting a CD
(with changer only)
246
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Fast-forwarding and reversing tracks
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold “
” or “” on .
Selecting a CD (CD player with changer only)
To select the desired CD, press () or ().
Repeat play
To repeat a track
Press (RPT).
To repeat all of the tracks on a CD (CD player with changer
only)
Press and hold (RPT) until you hear a beep.
Random playback
Current CD
Press (RAND).
Tracks are played in a random order until is pressed once more.
All CDs (CD player with changer only)
Press and hold (RAND) until you hear a beep.
Tracks on all loaded CDs are played in a random order until is
pressed once more.
Switching the display
Press .
Each time is pressed, the display changes in the order of Track
no./Elapsed timeCD titleTrack name.
247
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Display
Up to 12 characters can be displayed at a time.
If there are 13 characters or more, pressing and holding for 1
second or more will display the remaining characters.
A maximum of 24 characters can be displayed.
If is pressed for 1 second or more again or has not been pressed
for 6 seconds or more, the display will return to the first 12 characters.
Depending on the contents recorded, the characters may not be displayed
properly or may not be displayed at all.
Canceling random and repeat playback
Press
(RAND) or (RPT) again.
Error message
“ERROR”: This indicates a trouble either in the CD or inside the player.
The CD may be dirty, damaged or inserted up-side down.
Discs that can be used
Discs with the marks shown below can be used.
Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or disc fea-
tures, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration.
CDs with copy-protect features may not be used.
CD player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when
a problem is detected while the CD player is being used.
If a CD is left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for
extended periods
The CD may be damaged and may not play properly.
Lens cleaners
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player.
248
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Certification for the CD player
This product is a class I laser product.
A laser beam leak may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Do not open the cover of the player or attempt to repair the unit yourself.
Refer servicing to qualified personnel.
Laser power: No hazardous
NOTICE
CDs and adapters that cannot be used
Do not use the following types of CDs or 8 cm (3 in.) CD adapters or Dual
Disc.
Doing so may damage the CD player and/or the CD insert/eject function.
CDs that have a diameter that is not 12
cm (4.7 in.)
Low-quality and deformed CDs
249
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
CD player precautions
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in serious damage to the
CDs or the player itself.
Do not insert anything other than a CD into the CD slot.
Do not apply oil to the CD player.
Store CDs away from direct sunlight.
Never try to disassemble any part of the CD player.
CDs with a transparent or translucent
recording area
CDs that have had tape, stickers or CD-
R labels attached to them, or that have
had the label peeled off
250
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Playing back MP3 and WMA discs
Loading and ejecting MP3 and WMA discs
P. 245
Selecting a CD (CD player with changer only)
To select the desired CD, press () or ().
Selecting a folder
To select the desired folder, press () or ().
To return to the first folder, press and hold () until you hear a
beep.
: If equipped
Volume
Random playback
Selecting a file, fast-forwarding or reversing
Selecting a file
Repeat play
Playback
Power
CD eject
Displays text message
Selecting a folder
Selecting a CD
(with changer only)
251
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Selecting files
Turn or press “” or “” on to select the desired file.
Fast-forwarding and reversing files
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold “
” or “” on .
Repeat play
To repeat a file
Press (RPT).
To repeat all of the files on a folder
Press and hold (RPT) until you hear a beep.
Random playback
To play files from a particular folder in random order
Press (RAND).
To play all of the files on a disc in random order
Press and hold (RAND) until you hear a beep.
Switching the display
Press .
Each time is pressed, the display changes in the order of
Folder no./File no./Elapsed timeFolder nameFile nameAlbum title
(MP3 only)Track titleArtist name.
252
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Display
Up to 12 characters can be displayed at a time.
If there are 13 characters or more, pressing and holding for 1
second or more will display the remaining characters.
A maximum of 24 characters can be displayed.
If is pressed for 1 second or more again or has not been pressed
for 6 seconds or more, the display will return to the first 12 characters.
Depending on the contents recorded, the characters may not be displayed
properly or may not be displayed at all.
Canceling random and repeat playback
Press
(RAND) or (RPT) again.
Error messages
“ERROR”: This indicates a trouble either in the CD or inside the player.
The CD may be dirty, damaged or inserted up-side down.
“NO MUSIC”: This indicates that the MP3/WMA file is not included in the
CD.
Discs that can be used
Discs with the marks shown below can be used.
Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or disc fea-
tures, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration.
CD player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when
a problem is detected while the CD player is being used.
If a CD is left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for
extended periods
The CD may be damaged and may not play properly.
Lens cleaners
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player.
253
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
MP3 and WMA files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size by using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3
format.
There is a limit to the MP3 and WMA file standards and to the media/formats
recorded by them that can be used.
MP3 file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
MPEG1 LAYER3: 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320 (kbps)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160 (kbps)
*
Compatible with VBR
• Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and
monaural
WMA file compatibility
• Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9
• Compatible sampling frequencies
32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192 (kbps)
Ver. 9: CBR 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192, 256, 320 (kbps)
*
Only compatible with 2-channel playback
254
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Compatible media
Media that can be used for MP3 and WMA playback are CD-Rs and CD-
RWs.
Playback in some instances may not be possible, depending on the status
of the CD-R or CD-RW. Playback may not be possible or the audio may
jump if the disc is scratched or marked with fingerprints.
Compatible disc formats
The following disc formats can be used.
• Disc formats: CD-ROM Mode 1 and Mode 2
CD-ROM XA Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2
• File formats: ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, (Romeo, Joliet)
MP3 and WMA files written in any format other than those listed above
may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not
be displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows.
• Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
• Maximum length of folder names/file names: 32 characters
• Maximum number of folders: 192 (including the root)
• Maximum number of files per disc: 255
File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA and played are those
with the extension .mp3 or .wma.
Multi-sessions
As the audio system is compatible with multi-sessions, it is possible to play
discs that contain MP3 and WMA files. However, only the first session can
be played.
255
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
ID3 and WMA tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags.
(The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
MP3 and WMA playback
When a disc containing MP3 or WMA files is inserted, all files on the disc
are first checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3 or WMA file
is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we recommend you
do not write in any files other than MP3 or WMA files or create any unnec-
essary folders.
If the discs contain a mixture of music data and MP3 or WMA format data,
only music data can be played.
Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3 and .wma are used for files other than MP3 and
WMA files, they will be mistakenly recognized and played as MP3 and
WMA files. This may result in large amounts of interference and damage
to the speakers.
Playback
• To play MP3 file with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
• CD-R or CD-RW playback may not be possible in some instances,
depending on the characteristics of the disc.
• There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for
MP3 and WMA files on the market, and depending on the status of the
encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of
playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at
all.
• When files other than MP3 or WMA files are recorded on a disc, it may
take more time to recognize the disc and in some cases, playback may
not be possible at all.
• Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trade-
marks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
256
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
CDs and adapters that cannot be used (P. 248)
CD player precautions (P. 249)
257
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Operating an iPod
: If equipped
Connecting an iPod enables you to enjoy music from the vehicle
speakers.
Connecting an iPod
After pulling the lid to open,
open the cover and connect
an iPod using an iPod cable.
Turn on the power of the iPod if
it is not turned on.
Close the lid and press .
Control panel
STEP
1
STEP
2
Selecting a song, fast-forwarding or reversing
Power Volume
Shuffle playback button
Playback/Pause button
Repeat play button
Playback button
Text button
Go back button
iPod menu/Song
selector knob
258
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Selecting a play mode
Press to select iPod menu mode.
Turning changes the play mode in the following order:
“PLAYLISTS”“ARTISTS”“ALBUMS”“SONGS”
“PODCASTS”“GENRES”“COMPOSERS”
“AUDIOBOOKS”
Press to select the desired play mode.
Play mode list
Play mode
First
selection
Second
selection
Third
selection
Fourth
selection
“PLAYLISTS”
Playlists
select
Songs
select
--
“ARTISTS” Artists select
Albums
select
Songs
select
-
“ALBUMS”
Albums
select
Songs
select
--
“SONGS” Songs select - - -
“PODCASTS”
Albums
select
Songs
select
--
“GENRES” Genre select Artists select
Albums
select
Songs
select
“COMPOSERS”
Composers
select
Albums
select
Songs
select
-
“AUDIOBOOKS”
Songs
select
---
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
259
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Selecting a list
Turn to display the first selection list.
Press to select the desired item.
Pressing the knob changes to the second selection list.
Repeat the same procedure to select the desired item.
To return to the previous selection list, select “GO BACK” or press
().
Selecting songs
Turn or press “” or “” on to select the desired song.
Playing and pausing songs
To play or pause a song, press ( ).
Fast-forwarding and reversing songs
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold “
” or “” on .
Shuffle playback
Playing songs from one playlist or album in random order
Press
(RAND).
To cancel, press (RAND) again.
Playing songs from all the playlists or albums in random order
Press and hold
(RAND) until you hear a beep.
To cancel, press (RAND) again.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
260
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Repeat play
Press
(RPT).
To cancel, press (RPT) again.
Switching the display
Press .
Each time the button is pressed, the display changes in the following
order: Elapsed time Album title Track title Artist name
Adjusting sound quality and volume balance
Press to enter iPod menu mode.
Pressing changes sound modes. (P. 270)
About iPod
Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards.
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other coun-
tries.
iPod functions
When an iPod is connected and the audio source is changed to iPod
mode, the iPod will resume play from the same point in which it was last
used.
Depending on the iPod that is connected to the system, certain functions
may not be available. If a function is unavailable due to a malfunction (as
opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device and recon-
necting it once again may resolve the problem.
While connected to the system, the iPod cannot be operated with its own
controls. It is necessary to use the controls of the vehicle’s audio system
instead.
STEP
1
STEP
2
261
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
iPod problems
To resolve most problems encountered when using your iPod, disconnect
your iPod from the vehicle iPod connection and reset it.
For instructions on how to reset your iPod, refer to your iPod Owner’s Man-
ual.
Display
P. 247
Error messages
“ERROR”: This indicates a problem in the iPod or its connection.
“NO MUSIC”: This indicates that there is no music data in the iPod.
“EMPTY”: This indicates that some available songs are not found in a
selected playlist.
“UPDATE”: This indicates that the version of the iPod is not compatible.
Upgrade your iPod software to the latest version.
Compatible models
Depending on differences between models or software version etc., some
models listed above might be incompatible with this system.
iPod 4th generation and earlier models are not compatible with this system.
iPhone, iPod mini, iPod shuffle and iPod photo are not compatible with this
system.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows:
Maximum number of lists in device: 9999
Maximum number of songs in device: 65535
Maximum number of songs per list: 65535
Model Generation Software version
iPod 5th generation Ver. 1.2.0 or higher
iPod nano 1st generation Ver. 1.3.0 or higher
2nd generation Ver. 1.1.2 or higher
3rd generation Ver. 1.0.0 or higher
iPod touch 1st generation Ver. 1.1.0 or higher
iPod classic 1st generation Ver. 1.0.0 or higher
262
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Caution while driving
Do not connect iPod or operate the controls.
NOTICE
If the lid cannot be fully closed
Depending on the size and shape of the iPod that is connected to the sys-
tem, the lid may not close fully. In this case, do not forcibly close the lid as
this may damage the iPod or the terminal, etc.
To prevent damage to iPod
Do not leave iPod in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle may
become high, resulting in damage to the iPod.
Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the iPod while it is
connected as this may damage the iPod or its terminal.
Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the iPod or
its terminal.
263
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Operating a USB memory
: If equipped
Connecting a USB memory enables you to enjoy music from the
vehicle speakers.
Connecting a USB memory
After pulling the lid to open,
open the cover and connect a
USB memory.
Turn on the power of the USB
memory if it is not turned on.
Close the lid and press .
Control panel
STEP
1
STEP
2
Power Volume
Playback button
Folder selector buttons
File selector knob
Text button
Repeat play button
Selecting a file, fast-forwarding or reversing
Random playback button
264
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Selecting a folder
Selecting folders one at a time
Press () or () to select the desired folder.
Returning to the first folder
Press and hold () until you hear a beep.
Selecting files
Turn or press “” or “” on to select the desired file.
Fast-forwarding and reversing files
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold “
” or “” on .
Random playback
Playing files from a folder in random order
Press
(RAND).
To cancel, press (RAND) again.
Playing all the files from a USB memory in random order
Press and hold
(RAND) until you hear a beep.
To cancel, press (RAND) again.
265
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Repeat play
Repeating a file
Press
(RPT).
To cancel, press (RPT) again.
Repeating all the files in a folder
Press and hold
(RPT) until you hear a beep.
To cancel, press (RPT) again.
Switching the display
Press .
Each time the button is pressed, the display changes in the following
order: Elapsed time Folder name File name Album title (MP3
only) Track title Artist name
USB memory functions
Depending on the USB memory that is connected to the system, the
device itself may not be operable and certain functions may not be avail-
able. If the device is inoperable or a function is unavailable due to a mal-
function (as opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device
and reconnecting it once again may resolve the problem.
If the USB memory still does not begin operation after being discon-
nected and reconnected, format the memory.
Display
P. 247
Error messages
“ERROR”: This indicates a problem in the USB memory or its con-
nection.
“NO SUPPORT”: This indicates that no MP3/WMA files are included in the
USB memory.
266
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
USB memory
Compatible devices
USB memory that can be used for MP3 and WMA playback
Compatible device formats
The following device formats can be used:
• USB communication formats: USB2.0 FS (12 mbps)
• File formats: FAT16/32 (Windows)
• Correspondence class: Mass storage class
MP3 and WMA files written in any format other than those listed above
may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not be
displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows:
• Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
• Maximum number of folders in a device: 999 (including the root)
• Maximum number of files in a device: 65025
• Maximum number of files per folder: 255
MP3 and WMA files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER 3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3
format.
There is a limit to the MP3 and WMA file standards that can be used and
to the media/formats on which the files are recorded.
267
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
MP3 file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III, MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III,
MPEG2.5)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
MPEG2.5: 8, 11.025, 12 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32-320 (kbps)
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32-160 (kbps)
MPEG2.5: 32-160 (kbps)
• Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and
monaural
WMA file compatibility
• Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 9
• Compatible sampling frequencies
HIGH PROFILE 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
HIGH PROFILE 32-320 (kbps, VBR)
File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA and played are those
with the extension .mp3 or .wma.
ID3 and WMA tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 ID3
tags. (The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
268
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
MP3 and WMA playback
• When a device containing MP3 or WMA files is connected, all files in
the USB memory are checked. Once the file check is finished, the first
MP3 or WMA file is played. To make the file check finish more quickly,
we recommend that you do not include any files other than MP3 or
WMA files or create any unnecessary folders.
• When the USB memory is connected and the audio source is changed
to USB memory mode, the USB memory will start playing the first file in
the first folder. If the same device is removed and reinserted (and the
contents have not been changed), the USB memory will resume play
from the same point in which it was last used.
Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3 and .wma are used for files other than MP3 and
WMA files, they will be skipped (not played).
Playback
• To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
• There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for
MP3 and WMA files on the market, and depending on the status of the
encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of
playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at
all.
• Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are registered trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.
CAUTION
Caution while driving
Do not connect USB memory or operate the controls.
269
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
If the lid cannot be fully closed
Depending on the size and shape of the USB memory that is connected to
the system, the lid may not close fully. In this case, do not forcibly close the
lid as this may damage the USB memory or the terminal, etc.
To prevent damage to USB memory
Do not leave USB memory in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehi-
cle may become high, resulting in damage to the player.
Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the USB memory
while it is connected as this may damage the USB memory or its terminal.
Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the USB
memory or its terminal.
270
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Optimal use of the audio system
Using the audio control function
Changing sound quality modes
Pressing selects the mode to be changed in the following
order.
“BAS”“TRE”“FAD”“BAL”“ASL”
: If equipped
Displays the current mode
Changes the following set-
ting
• Sound quality and volume
balance (P. 271)
The sound quality and bal-
ance setting can be changed
to produce the best sound.
• Automatic Sound Levelizer
ON/OFF (P. 271)
271
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Adjusting sound quality
Turning adjusts the level.
*: The sound quality level is adjusted individually in each audio mode.
Adjusting the Automatic Sound Levelizer (ASL)
When ASL is selected, turning to the right changes the
amount of ASL in the order of LOW, MID and HIGH.
Turning to the left turns ASL off.
ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality to compensate for
varying noise levels while driving.
Sound qual-
ity mode
Mode
displayed
Level
Turn to the
left
Turn to the
right
Bass* “BAS” -5 to 5
Low High
Treble* “TRE” -5 to 5
Front/rear
volume
balance
“FAD” F7 to R7 Shifts to rear
Shifts to
front
Left/right
volume
balance
“BAL” L7 to R7 Shifts to left
Shifts to
right
272
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Using the AUX port
Operating portable audio devices connected to the audio system
The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle's audio controls. All other
adjustments must be made on the portable audio device itself.
NOTICE
If the lid cannot be fully closed
Depending on the size and shape of the portable audio devices that is con-
nected to the system, the lid may not close fully. In this case, do not forcibly
close the lid as this may damage the portable audio devices or the terminal,
etc.
: If equipped
This port can be used to connect a portable audio device and listen
to it through the vehicle’s speakers.
After pulling the lid to open,
open the cover and connect
the portable audio device.
Close the lid and press .
STEP
1
STEP
2
273
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Using the steering wheel audio switches
Turning on the power
Press when the audio system is turned off.
The audio system can be turned off by holding down until you
hear a beep.
: If equipped
Some audio features can be controlled using the switches on the
steering wheel.
Volume
Radio mode: Selects radio
stations
CD mode: Selects tracks,
files (MP3 and WMA) and
discs
Bluetooth
®
audio mode (if
equipped): Selects a track
and album
iPod mode: Selects a song
USB memory mode:
Selects a file and folder
Power on, selects audio
source
274
3-2. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Changing the audio source
Press when the audio system is turned on. The audio source
changes as follows each time is pressed.
AMFM1FM2FM3CD modeCD changer mode*
1
Bluetooth
®
audio mode*
2
AUXiPod or USB memory modeAM
*
1
: If installed with a CD changer
*
2
: If equipped
Adjusting the volume
Press “+” on to increase the volume and “-” to decrease the
volume.
Hold down “+” or “-” on to continue increasing or decreasing the
volume.
Selecting a radio station
Press to select the radio mode.
Press “” or “” on to select a preset station.
To scan for receivable stations, press and hold “” or “” on
until you hear a beep.
Selecting a track/file or song
Press to select CD, Bluetooth
®
audio, iPod or USB
memory mode.
Press “” or “” on to select the desired track/file or
song.
Selecting an album
Press to select Bluetooth
®
audio mode.
Press and hold “” or “” on until you hear a beep.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
275
3-2. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Selecting a folder (CD player without changer or USB memory)
Press to select CD or USB memory mode.
Press and hold “” or “” on until you hear a beep.
Selecting a disc in the CD player (CD player with changer only)
Press to select the CD mode.
Press and hold “” or “” on until you hear a beep.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of an accident
Exercise care when operating the audio switches on the steering wheel.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
276
TMC corolla_EE
3-3. Using the Bluetooth
®
audio system
Bluetooth
®
audio system
Conditions under which the system will not operate
If using a portable player that does not support Bluetooth
®
If the portable player is switched off
If the portable player is not connected
If the portable player’s battery is low
If the portable player is behind the seat or in the glove box or console box
If metal is covering or touching the portable player
The Bluetooth
®
audio system enables you to enjoy music played on
a portable digital audio player (portable player) from the vehicle
speakers via wireless communication.
This audio system supports Bluetooth
®
, a wireless data system
capable of playing portable audio music without cables. If your por-
table player does not support Bluetooth
®
, the Bluetooth
®
audio sys-
tem will not function.
Title Page
Using the Bluetooth
®
audio system P. 280
Operating a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable player P. 283
Setting up a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable player P. 285
Bluetooth
®
audio system setup P. 289
: If equipped
277
3-3. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
When transferring ownership of the vehicle
Be sure to initialize the system to prevent personal data from being improp-
erly accessed. (P. 310)
About Bluetooth
®
Compatible models
Bluetooth
®
specifications:
Ver. 1.1, or higher (recommended: Ver. 1.2)
Following Profiles:
• A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile) Ver. 1.0, or higher (Con-
formed: Ver. 1.2)
• AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Con-
formed: Ver. 1.3)
Portable players must correspond to the above specifications in order to be
connected to the Bluetooth
®
audio system. However, please note that some
functions may be limited depending on the type of portable player.
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
278
3-3. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Certification for the Bluetooth
®
audio system
279
3-3. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Caution while driving
Do not connect portable players or operate the controls.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to portable players
Do not leave portable players in the vehicle. The temperature inside the
vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to the player.
280
3-3. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Using the Bluetooth
®
audio system
: If equipped
Audio unit
Display
A message, name, number,
etc. is displayed.
Lower-case characters and
special characters cannot
be displayed.
Displays information that is
too long to be displayed at
one time on the display
(press and hold)
Selects items such as menu
and number
Turn: Selects an item
Press: Inputs the selected
item
Bluetooth
®
connection con-
dition
If “BT” is not displayed, the
Bluetooth
®
audio system
cannot be used.
Microphone
281
3-3. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Using the Bluetooth
®
audio system for the first time
Before using the Bluetooth
®
audio system, it is necessary to register
a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable player in the system. Follow the proce-
dure below to register (pair) a portable player:
Press until “BTA” is displayed.
Press and select “Setup” using .
Select “Pair Audio” using .
Select “Record Name” using , and say the name to be
registered after the beep.
The name to be registered will be repeated aloud.
Select “Confirm” using .
A passkey will be displayed.
Input the passkey into the audio player.
Refer to the manual that comes with the portable player for the oper-
ation of the portable player.
If the portable player has a Bluetooth
®
phone, the phone can be reg-
istered at the same time. (P. 297)
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
6
282
3-3. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Menu list of the Bluetooth
®
audio system
Normal operation
First menu Second menu Operation detail
“Setup”
“Pair Audio”
Registering a portable
player
“Select Audio”
Selecting a portable
player to be used
“Change Name”
Changing the registered
name of a portable
player
“List Audios”
Listing the registered
portable players
“Set Passkey” Changing the passkey
“Delete Audio”
Deleting a registered
portable player
Operations that cannot be performed while driving
Operating the system with
Registering a portable player to the system
Changing the passkey
P. 288
283
3-3. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Operating a Blue
tooth
®
enabled portable player
Selecting an album
Press () or ().
Selecting tracks
Press “” or “” on .
Playing and pausing tracks
Press ( ).
: If equipped
Power Volume
Playback/Pause button
Playback button
Text button
Selector knob
Selecting a track, fast-forwarding or reversing
Album selector buttons
284
3-3. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Fast-forwarding and reversing tracks
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold “” or “” on .
Switching the display
Press .
Each time is pressed, the display changes in the following
order: Track title Track title/Artist name Track title/Album name
Track title/Elapsed time
Using the steering wheel audio switches
P. 273
Bluetooth
®
audio system functions
Depending on the portable player that is connected to the system, certain
functions may not be available.
Error messages
“BT AUDIO ERROR”: This indicates a problem in the system.
285
3-3. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Setting up a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable player
: If equipped
Registering a portable player in the Bluetooth
®
audio system allows
the system to function. The following functions can be used for reg-
istered portable players:
Functions and operation procedures
Press until “BTA” is displayed.
Press and select “Setup” using .
Select one of the following functions using .
Registering a portable player
“Pair Audio”
Selecting a portable player to be used
“Select Audio”
Changing the registered name of a portable player
“Change Name”
Listing the registered portable players
“List Audios”
Changing the passkey
“Set Passkey”
Deleting a registered portable player
“Delete Audio”
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
286
3-3. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Registering a portable player
Select “Pair Audio” using , and perform the procedure for reg-
istering a portable player. (P. 281)
Selecting a portable player to be used
Select “Select Audio” using .
Select the portable player to be used, and select “Confirm”
using .
Select “From Car” or “From Audio”, and select “Confirm” using
.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
If “From Car” is selected, the portable player will be automatically
connected whenever the engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-
tion.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
If “From Car” is selected, the portable player will be automatically
connected whenever the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in the
ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
287
3-3. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Changing the registered name of a portable player
Select “Change Name” using .
Select the name of the portable player to be changed using
.
Select “Record Name” using , and say the new name
after the beep.
The name to be registered will be repeated aloud.
Select “Confirm” using .
Listing the registered portable players
Select “List Audios” using . The list of registered portable play-
ers will be read aloud.
When listing is complete, the system returns to “Setup”.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
288
3-3. Using the audio system
TMC corolla_EE
Changing the passkey
Select “Set Passkey” using .
Select a 4 to 8-digit number using .
The number should be input 1 digit at a time.
When the entire number to be registered as a passkey has
been input, press again.
If the number to be registered has 8 digits, pressing of the knob is
not necessary.
Deleting a registered portable player
Select “Delete Audio” using .
Select the portable player to be deleted and select “Confirm”
using .
If the portable player to be deleted is paired as a Bluetooth
®
phone,
the registration of the mobile phone can be deleted at the same time.
A voice guidance instruction to delete a mobile phone is heard.
The number of portable players that can be registered
Up to 2 portable players can be registered in the system.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
289
3-3. Using the audio system
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Bluetooth
®
audio system setup
: If equipped
System setup items and operation procedures
P. 308
290
TMC corolla_EE
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) features
This system supports Bluetooth
®
, which allows you to make or
receive calls without using cables to connect a cellular phone and
the system, and without operating the cellular phone.
Hands-free system quick guide
Setting a cellular phone. (P. 295)
Adding an entry to the phonebook (Up to 20 names can be
stored). (P. 312)
Dialing by inputting a name. (P. 301)
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
: If equipped
291
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Title Page
Using the hands-free phone system
Using the hands-free phone system for
the first time
Menu list of the hands-free phone
system
P. 295
Making a phone call
Dialing by inputting a name
Speed dialing
When receiving a phone call
Transferring a call
Using the call history memory
P. 301
Setting a cellular phone
Registering a cellular phone
Selecting the cellular phone to be used
Changing a registered name
Listing the registered cellular phones
Deleting a cellular phone
Changing the passkey
Turning the hands-free phone
automatic connection on/off
P. 304
Security and system setup
Setting or changing the PIN
Locking or unlocking the phone book
Setting playback volume
Displaying the Bluetooth
®
device
address and name
Initialization
P. 308
Using the phone book
Adding a new phone number
Setting speed dials
Changing a registered name
Deleting registered data
Deleting speed dials
Listing the registered data
P. 312
292
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Conditions affecting operation
The hands-free phone system may not operate normally in the following situ-
ations:
The cellular phone is turned off, or located outside the service area.
The cellular phone has a low battery.
The cellular phone is not connected to the system.
The cellular phone is behind the seat or in the glove box, or metal mate-
rial covers or touches the phone.
When transferring ownership of the vehicle
Be sure to initialize the system to prevent personal data from being improp-
erly accessed.
Required profiles for the cellular phone
HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Conformed: Ver. 1.5)
OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1
About Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
293
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Certification for the hands-free phone system
294
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Caution while driving
Do not use a cellular phone, or connect the Bluetooth
®
phone.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to a cellular phone
Do not leave a cellular phone in the vehicle. The temperature inside may
become high resulting in damage to the phone.
295
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
: If equipped
Audio unit
Display
A message, name, phone
number, etc. is displayed.
Lower-case characters and
special characters cannot
be displayed.
Displays information that is
too long to be displayed at
one time on the display
(press and hold)
Selects speed dials
Selects items such as menu
or number
Turn: Selects an item
Press: Inputs the selected
item
Bluetooth
®
connection con-
dition and reception level
If “BT” is not displayed, the
hands-free phone system
cannot be used.
296
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Steering wheel
Volume
The voice guidance volume
cannot be adjusted using
this button.
On-hook switch
Turns the hands-free sys-
tem off/ends a call/refuses a
call
Off-hook switch
Turns the hands-free sys-
tem on/starts a call
Talk switch
Turns the voice command
system on (press)/turns the
voice command system off
(press and hold)
Microphone
297
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Using the hands-free phone system for the first time
Before using the hands-free phone system, it is necessary to register
a cellular phone in the system. The phone registration mode will be
entered automatically when starting the system with no cellular
phone registered. Follow the procedure below to register a cellular
phone:
Press the off-hook switch or the talk switch.
Select “Pair Phone” using .
Select “Record Name” using , and say the name to be
registered after the beep.
The name to be registered will be repeated aloud.
Select “Confirm” using .
Registration to the hands-free phone system only
Select “Phone Only” using .
Registration to the hands-free phone system and Bluetooth
®
audio
system at the same time
Select “Int. Audio” using .
A passkey will be displayed.
Input the passkey into the cellular phone.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the oper-
ation of the phone.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
5
STEP
6
298
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Menu list of the hands-free phone system
First menu
Second
menu
Third menu Operation detail
“Callback” - -
Dialing a number stored in
the incoming call history
memory
“Redial” - -
Dialing a number stored in
the outgoing call history
memory
“Phone-
book”
“Add
Entry”
- Adding a new number
“Change
Name”
-
Changing a name in the
phone book
“Delete
Entry”
-
Deleting the phone book
data
“Del Spd
Dial”
-
Deleting a registered speed
dial
“List
Names”
- Listing the phone book data
“Speed
Dial”
- Registering a speed dial
299
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
“Setup”
“Security”
“Set PIN” Setting a PIN code
“Phbk Lock” Locking the phone book
“Phbk Unlock” Unlocking the phone book
“Phone
Setup”
“Pair Phone”
Registering the cellular
phone to be used
“Change Name”
Changing a registered name
of a cellular phone
“Delete Phone”
Deleting a registered cellular
phone
“List Phones”
Listing the registered cellular
phones
“Select Phone”
Selecting a cellular phone to
be used
“Set Passkey” Changing the passkey
“Hands-free
power”
Setting a Hands-free power
on/off
“System
Setup”
“Playback Vol” Setting playback volume
“Device Name”
Displaying a device informa-
tion
“Initialize” Initialization
First menu
Second
menu
Third menu Operation detail
300
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Automatic volume adjustment
When vehicle speed is 80 km/h (50 mph) or more, the volume automatically
increases. The volume returns to the previous volume setting when vehicle
speed drops to 70 km/h (43 mph) or less.
When using a voice command
For numbers, say a combination of single digits from zero to nine, # (pound),
(star), and + (plus).
Say a command correctly and clearly.
Situations that the system may not recognize your voice
When driving on a rough road
When driving at high speeds
When air is blowing out of the vents onto the microphone
When the air conditioning fan emits a loud noise
Operations that cannot be performed while driving
Operating the system with
Registering a cellular phone to the system
Changing the passkey
P. 306
301
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Making a phone call
Dialing by inputting a name
Press the talk switch and say a registered name after the
beep.
The desired name or number is displayed.
Dial by one of the following methods:
a. Press the off-hook switch.
b. Select “Dial” using .
: If equipped
Making a phone call
Dialing by inputting a name
Speed dialing
Dialing a number stored in the outgoing history memory
“Redial”
Dialing a number stored in the incoming history memory
“Call back”
Receiving a phone call
Answering the phone
Refusing the call
Transferring a call
Using the call history memory
Dialing
Storing data in the phone book
Deleting
STEP
1
STEP
2
302
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Speed dialing
Press the off-hook switch.
Press the preset button in which the desired number is regis-
tered.
Press the off-hook switch.
When receiving a phone call
Answering the phone
Press the off-hook switch.
Refusing the call
Press the on-hook switch.
Transferring a call
A call can be transferred between the cellular phone and system
while dialing, receiving a call, or during a call. Use one of the follow-
ing methods:
a. Operate the cellular phone.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the oper-
ation of the phone.
b. Press the off-hook switch*.
*: This operation can be performed only when transferring a call
from the cellular phone to the system during a call.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
303
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Using the call history memory
Follow the procedure below to use a number stored in the call history
memory:
Press the off-hook switch and select “Redial” (when using a
number stored in the outgoing call history memory) or “Call
back” (when using a number stored in the incoming call his-
tory memory) using .
Select the desired number using .
The following operations can be performed:
Dialing: Press the off-hook switch or select “Dial” using .
Storing the number in the phone book: Select “Store” and then
“Confirm” using .
Deleting: Select “Delete” and then “Confirm” using .
Call history
Up to 5 numbers can be stored in each of the outgoing and incoming call his-
tory memories.
When talking on the phone
Do not talk simultaneously with the other party.
Keep the volume of the received voice down. Otherwise, voice echo will
increase.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
304
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Setting a cellular phone
Registering a cellular phone
Select “Pair Phone” using , and do the procedure for register-
ing a cellular phone. (P. 297)
: If equipped
Registering a cellular phone in the hands-free phone system allows
the system to function. The following functions can be used for reg-
istered cellular phones:
Functions and operation procedures
To enter the menu for each function, follow the steps below using
:
Registering a cellular phone
1. “Setup” 2. “Phone Setup” 3. “Pair Phone”
Selecting the cellular phone to be used
1. “Setup” 2. “Phone Setup” 3. “Select Phone”
Changing a registered name
1. “Setup” 2. “Phone Setup” 3. “Change Name”
Listing the registered cellular phones
1. “Setup” 2. “Phone Setup” 3. “List Phones”
Deleting a cellular phone
1. “Setup” 2. “Phone Setup” 3. “Delete Phone”
Changing the passkey
1. “Setup” 2. “Phone Setup” 3. “Set Passkey”
Turning the hands-free phone automatic connection on/off
1. “Setup” 2. “Phone Setup” 3. “Hands-free power”
305
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Selecting the cellular phone to be used
Select “Select Phone” using .
Select the cellular phone to be used and select “Confirm”
using .
Changing a registered name
Select “Change Name” using .
Select the cellular phone name to be changed using .
Select “Record Name” using , and say the new name
after the beep.
The name to be registered will be repeated aloud.
Select “Confirm” using .
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
306
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Listing the registered cellular phones
Selecting “List Phones” using causes the list of registered cel-
lular phones to be read aloud.
When listing is complete, the system returns to “Phone Setup”.
Deleting a cellular phone
Select “Delete Phone” using .
Select the cellular phone to be deleted and select “Confirm”
using .
Changing the passkey
Select “Set Passkey” using .
Select a 4 to 8-digit number using .
The number should be input 1 digit at a time.
When the entire number to be registered as a passkey has
been input, press again.
If the number to be registered has 8 digits, pressing of the knob is
not necessary.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
307
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Turning the hands-free phone automatic connection on/off
Turning off the automatic connection
Select “Hands-free power” using .
Select “Turn off” using .
Turning on the automatic connection
Select “Hands-free power” using .
Select “Turn on” using .
The number of cellular phones that can be registered
Up to 6 cellular phones can be registered in the system.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
308
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Security and system setup
Setting or changing the PIN
Setting a PIN
Select “Set PIN” using .
Enter a PIN using .
Input the code 1 digit at a time.
: If equipped
To enter the menu of each setting, follow the steps below using
:
Security setting items and operation procedure
Setting or changing the PIN (Personal Identification Number)
1. “Setup” 2. “Security” 3. “Set PIN”
Locking the phone book
1. “Setup” 2. “Security” 3. “Phbk Lock”
Unlocking the phone book
1. “Setup” 2. “Security” 3. “Phbk Unlock”
System setup items and operation procedures
Setting playback volume
1. “Setup” 2. “System Setup” 3. “Playback Vol”
Displaying the Bluetooth
®
device address and name
1. “Setup” 2. “System Setup” 3. “Device Name”
Initialization
1. “Setup” 2. “System Setup” 3. “Initialize”
STEP
1
STEP
2
309
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Changing the PIN
Select “Set PIN” using .
Enter the registered PIN using .
Enter a new PIN using .
Input the code 1 digit at a time.
Locking or unlocking the phone book
Select “Phbk Lock” or “Phbk Unlock” using .
Input the PIN and select “Confirm” using .
Input the code 1 digit at a time.
Setting playback volume
Select “Playback Vol” using .
Change the playback volume.
To decrease the volume: Turn counterclockwise.
To increase the volume: Turn clockwise.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
310
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Displaying the Bluetooth
®
device address and name
Select “Device Name” using .
Turn to display the Bluetooth
®
device address and
name.
Select “Go Back” using to return to “System Setup”.
Initialization
Select “Initialize” and then “Confirm” using .
Select “Confirm” again using .
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
311
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Initialization
The following data in the system can be initialized:
• Phone book
• Outgoing and incoming call history
• Speed dials
• Registered cellular phone data
• Security code
• Registered Bluetooth
®
enabled portable player data
• Passkeys for the cellular phones
• Passkey for the Bluetooth
®
audio players
• Playback volume
• Receiver volume
• Ring tone volume
Once the initialization has been completed, the data cannot be restored
to its original state.
When the phone book is locked
The following functions cannot be used:
Dialing by inputting a name
Speed dialing
Dialing a number stored in the call history memory
Using the phone book
312
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Using the phone book
Adding a new phone number
The following methods can be used to add a new phone number:
Transferring data from the cellular phone
Inputting a phone number using
Selecting a phone number from outgoing or incoming call history
: If equipped
To enter the menu of each setting, follow the steps below using
:
Adding a new phone number
1. “Phonebook” 2. “Add Entry”
Setting speed dial
1. “Phonebook” 2. “Speed Dial”
Changing a registered name
1. “Phonebook” 2. “Change Name”
Deleting registered data
1. “Phonebook” 2. “Delete Entry”
Deleting speed dial
1. “Phonebook” 2. “Del Spd Dial”
Listing the registered data
1. “Phonebook” 2. “List Names”
313
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Adding procedure
Select “Add Entry” using .
Use one of the following methods to input a telephone num-
ber:
Transferring data from the cellular phone
STEP2-1 Select “By Phone” and then “Confirm” using .
STEP2-2 Transfer the data from the cellular phone.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for
the details of transferring data.
STEP2-3 Select the desired data using .
Inputting a phone number using
STEP2-1 Select “Manual Input” using .
STEP2-2 Input a phone number using , and press
once again.
Input the phone number 1 digit at a time.
STEP
1
STEP
2
314
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Selecting a phone number from outgoing or incoming call history
STEP2-1 Select “Call History” using .
STEP2-2 Select “Outgoing” or “Incoming” using .
STEP2-3 Select the desired data using .
Select “Record Name” using , and say the desired
name after the beep.
The name to be registered will be repeated aloud.
Select “Confirm” using .
Select “Confirm” again using .
In , selecting “Speed Dial” instead of “Confirm” registers the
newly added phone number as a speed dial.
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
5
315
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Setting speed dials
Select “Speed Dial” using .
Select the desired data using .
Select the desired preset button, and register the data into
speed dial by either of the following methods:
a. Press the desired preset button, and select “Confirm” using
.
b. Press and hold the desired preset button.
Changing a registered name
Select “Change Name” using .
Select the desired name to be changed using .
Select “Record Name” using and say the new name
after the beep.
The name to be registered will be repeated aloud.
Select “Confirm” using .
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
316
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
TMC corolla_EE
Deleting registered data
Select “Delete Entry” using .
Select the desired data to be deleted, and select “Confirm”
using .
Deleting speed dials
Select “Del Spd Dial” using .
Press the preset button in which the desired speed dial is reg-
istered, and select “Confirm” using .
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
317
3-4. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Listing the registered data
Select “List Names” using . The list of the registered data will
be read aloud.
When listing is complete, the system returns to “Phonebook”.
Pressing the off-hook switch while an entry is being read aloud
selects the entry and calls the registered phone number.
Limitation of number of digits
A phone number that exceeds 24 digits cannot be registered.
318
TMC corolla_EE
3-5. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list
Illuminated entry system
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
When the interior light switch is in the “DOOR” position, the interior light and
engine switch light automatically turn on/off according to the engine switch
position, whether the doors are locked/unlocked and whether the doors are
open/closed.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
When the interior light switch is in the “DOOR” position and the interior light
automatically turn on/off according to “ENGINE START STOP” switch mode,
the presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked
and whether the doors are open/closed.
Interior light (P. 319)
Personal lights (P. 319)
Engine switch light (vehicles without a smart entry & start sys-
tem)
319
3-5. Using the interior lights
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Interior light
Door position
Off
On
Personal lights
On/off
To prevent the battery from being discharged
If the interior light and engine switch light (vehicles without a smart entry &
start system) remain on when the door is not fully closed and the interior light
switch is in the “DOOR” position, the lights will go off automatically after 20
minutes.
Customization that can be configured at any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional
Settings (e.g. The time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 496)
Interior light and personal lights
320
TMC corolla_EE
3-6. Using the storage features
List of storage features
CAUTION
Items that should not be left in the storage spaces
Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release gas,
causing a fire hazard.
Auxiliary boxes
Glove box
Cup holders
Console box
321
3-6. Using the storage features
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Glove box
Pull up the lever.
Console box
Type A
Lift the lid while pulling the lever.
CAUTION
Caution while driving
Keep the glove box closed. In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerv-
ing, an accident may occur due to an occupant being struck by the open
glove box or the items stored inside.
Glove box and console box
322
3-6. Using the storage features
TMC corolla_EE
Type B
Lift the lid while pulling the lever.
Lift the lid and tray.
Lift the lid.
Pull the tray up to open the box.
When using the console box lid as an armrest (type B only)
CAUTION
Caution while driving
Keep the console box closed.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
If necessary, the console box lid can slide
forward. Pull the lid forward by grasping
the front of the lid.
Console box
323
3-6. Using the storage features
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Cup holders
Front
Open the front lid ( ) before
opening the rear lid( ).
Rear
Pull the armrest down.
CAUTION
Items unsuitable for the cup holder
Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent
burns.
When not in use
Keep the cup holders closed.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Cup holders
324
3-6. Using the storage features
TMC corolla_EE
Auxiliary boxes
Type A
Pull up the lever.
Type B
Push the lid.
Type C
Pull up the lever.
Auxiliary boxes
325
3-6. Using the storage features
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Caution while driving
Keep the auxiliary boxes closed.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Items unsuitable for storing (type B only)
Do not store items heavier than 0.2 kg (0.4 lb.).
Doing so may cause the auxiliary box to open and the item inside may fall
out, resulting in an accident.
Auxiliary boxes
326
TMC corolla_EE
3-7. Other interior features
Sun visors
Forward position:
Flip down.
Side position:
Flip down, unhook, and
swing to the side.
327
3-7. Other interior features
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Vanity mirrors
Slide the cover.
The light turns on when the
cover is opened.
328
3-7. Other interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Ashtrays
CAUTION
When not in use
Keep the ashtray closed.
Injuries may result in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an
accident.
To prevent fire
Fully extinguish matches and cigarettes before putting them in the ashtray,
then make sure the ashtray is fully closed.
Do not place paper or any other type of flammable object in the ashtray.
Portable
The ashtray can be installed in
a cup holder. (P. 323)
Rear
Pull the lid to open.
Pull the ashtray to remove.
329
3-7. Other interior features
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Cigarette lighter
The cigarette lighter can be used when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON
mode.
CAUTION
To avoid burns or fires
Do not touch the metal parts of the cigarette lighter.
Do not hold the cigarette lighter down. It could overheat and cause a fire.
Do not insert anything other than the cigarette lighter into the outlet.
Pull the lid to open, and push
the cigarette lighter down.
The cigarette lighter will pop up
when it is ready for use.
330
3-7. Other interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Seat heaters
The seat heaters can be used when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
When not in use
Turn the seat heater off. The indicator light turns off.
CAUTION
Burns
Use caution when seating the following persons in a seat with the seat
heater on to avoid the possibility of burns:
• Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the disabled
• Persons with sensitive skin
• Persons who are fatigued
• Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
Do not cover the seat with anything when using the seat heater.
Using the seat heater with a blanket or cushion increases the temperature
of the seat and may lead to overheating.
: If equipped
Heats the left front seat
Heats the right front seat
The indicator light comes on.
331
3-7. Other interior features
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
To prevent seat heater damage
Do not put unevenly weighted objects on the seat and do not stick sharp
objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
To prevent battery discharge
Turn the switches off when the engine is not running.
332
3-7. Other interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Armrest
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the armrest
Do not place too much strain on the armrest.
Pull the armrest down for use.
333
3-7. Other interior features
3
Interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Floor mat
CAUTION
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver's floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle, leading to a serious accident.
When installing the driver's floor mat
Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
Only use floor mats designed for the driver's seat.
Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
Before driving
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.
Fix the floor mat in place using
the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
The shape of the retaining
hooks (clips) and the fixing pro-
cedure of the floor mat for your
vehicle may differ from those
shown in the illustration. For
details, refer to the floor mat
retention clip installation
instructions supplied with the
clips.
Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
With the engine stopped and the shift
lever in P (automatic transmission) or N
(multi-mode manual and manual trans-
missions), fully depress each pedal to
the floor to make sure it does not inter-
fere with the floor mat.
334
3-7. Other interior features
TMC corolla_EE
Cargo hooks
CAUTION
When the cargo hooks are not in use
To avoid injury, always return the cargo hooks to their positions when they
are not in use.
Cargo hooks are provided for
securing loose items.
4
Maintenance and care
335
TMC corolla_EE
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior ......... 336
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior .......... 339
4-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements................... 342
4-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ..................... 344
Hood ................................. 347
Positioning a floor jack...... 349
Engine compartment......... 351
Tires.................................. 368
Tire inflation pressure ....... 371
Wheels.............................. 373
Air conditioning filter ......... 375
Key battery........................ 378
Checking and replacing
fuses ............................... 382
Light bulbs ........................ 394
336
TMC corolla_EE
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior
Automatic car washes
Fold the mirrors back before washing the vehicle.
Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface
and harm your vehicle’s paint.
High pressure car washes
Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity
of the windows.
Before car wash, check that the fuel filler door on your vehicle is closed
properly.
Aluminum wheels (if equipped)
Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent. Do not use
hard brushes or abrasive cleaners. Do not use strong or harsh chemical
cleaners.
Use the same mild detergent and wax as used on the paint.
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in prime
condition.
Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any
dirt and dust.
Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thor-
oughly with water.
Wipe away any water.
Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
337
4-1. Maintenance and care
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, for example after
driving for long distance in the hot weather.
Wash detergent from the wheels immediately after use.
Bumpers
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
CAUTION
When cleaning the windshield (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield
wipers)
When the upper part of the windshield where the raindrop sensor is
located is touched by hand
When a wet rag or similar is held close to the raindrop sensor
If something bumps against the windshield
If you directly touch the raindrop sensor body or if something bumps into
the raindrop sensor
Caution about the exhaust pipe
Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipe until it has cooled
sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
Set the wiper switch to off.
If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wip-
ers may operate unexpectedly in the fol-
lowing situations, and may result in hands
being caught or other serious injuries and
cause damage to the wiper blades.
Off
338
4-1. Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and compo-
nents (aluminum wheels etc.)
Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
• After driving near the sea coast
• After driving on salted roads
• If you see coal tar or tree sap on the paint surface
• If you see dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings on the paint
• After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled in dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
Cleaning the exterior lights
Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
Do not apply wax on the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
To prevent damage to the windshield wiper arms
When lifting the wiper arms away from the windshield, pull the driver side
wiper arm upward first, and repeat for the passenger side. When returning
the wipers to their original position, do so from the passenger side first.
When using an automatic car wash (vehicles with rain-sensing wind-
shield wipers)
Set the wiper switch to off.
If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wipers may operate and the wiper
blades may be damaged.
High pressure car washes (vehicles with rear view monitor system)
When washing the vehicle, do not apply intensive bursts of water to the cam-
era or camera area. Doing so may result in the camera malfunctioning.
339
4-1. Maintenance and care
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle's interior and
keep it in top condition:
Protecting the vehicle interior
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty sur-
faces with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
Cleaning the leather areas
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
Wipe any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool deter-
gent.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly
wipe off all remaining traces of detergent.
Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remain-
ing moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded ventilated
area.
Synthetic leather areas
Remove loose dirt using a vacuum cleaner.
Apply a mild soap solution to the synthetic leather.
Allow the solution to soak in for a few minutes. Remove the
dirt and wipe off the solution with a clean, damp cloth.
340
4-1. Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year
to maintain the quality of the vehicle's interior.
Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a
sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not apply
water. The excellent results are obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as
possible.
Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
CAUTION
Water in the vehicle
Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle.
Doing so may cause electrical components etc. to malfunction or catch
fire.
Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(P. 86)
Electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or severe injury.
Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect off
the windshield, obstructing the driver's view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
341
4-1. Maintenance and care
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
Cleaning detergents
Do not use organic substances such as benzene or gasoline, acidic or
alkaline solutions, dye, bleach or other detergent. Doing so may discolor
the vehicle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces.
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel's or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces.
Remove any dust or dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or that contain wax on the uphol-
stery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components under the floor of the vehicle, and
may also cause the body to rust.
Cleaning the inside of the rear window
Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause
damage to the rear window defogger heater wires or antenna. Use a cloth
dampened with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the
window in strokes running parallel to the heater wires or antenna.
Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or antenna.
342
TMC corolla_EE
4-2. Maintenance
Maintenance requirements
Where to go for service?
In order to maintain your vehicle in the highest possible condition, Toyota
recommends that all repairs and service operations be carried out by autho-
rized Toyota dealers or repairers or other duly qualified and equipped profes-
sionals. For repairs and services covered by your warranty, please visit an
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, who will use genuine Toyota parts in
repairing any difficulties you may encounter. There can also be advantages
in utilizing authorized Toyota dealers or repairers for non-warranty repairs
and services, as members of the Toyota network will be able to expertly
assist you with any difficulties you may encounter.
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and regular
maintenance is essential. Toyota recommends the following mainte-
nance.
Scheduled maintenance
Scheduled maintenance be performed at specified intervals
according to the maintenance schedule.
For full details of your maintenance schedule, read the “Toyota
Service Booklet” or “Toyota Warranty Booklet”.
Do-it-yourself maintenance
What about do-it-yourself maintenance?
Many maintenance items are easy to do yourself if you have a little
mechanical ability and a few basic automotive tools.
Note, however, that some maintenance tasks require special tools
and skills. These are best performed by qualified technicians. Even if
you're an experienced do-it-yourself mechanic, we recommend that
repairs and maintenance be conducted by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional. Any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer will keep a record of
maintenance, which could be useful should you ever require Warranty
Service. Should you choose to select a qualified and equipped profes-
sional other than an authorized Toyota repairer to service or maintain
your vehicle, we recommend that you request that a record of mainte-
nance be kept.
343
4-2. Maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Your Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional service department will perform all of the scheduled maintenance
on your vehicle-reliably and economically due to their experience with
Toyota vehicles.
Does your vehicle need repair?
Be on the alert for changes in performance and sounds, and visual tip-offs
that indicate service is needed. Some important clues are:
Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
Appreciable loss of power
Strange engine noises
A fluid leak under the vehicle (However, water dripping from the air condi-
tioning after use is normal.)
Change in exhaust sound (This may indicate a dangerous carbon mon-
oxide leak. Drive with the windows open and have the exhaust system
checked immediately.)
Flat-looking tires, excessive tire squeal when cornering, uneven tire wear
Vehicle pulls to one side when driving straight on a level road
Strange noises related to suspension movement
Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling brake pedal, pedal almost
touches the floor, vehicle pulls to one side when braking
Engine coolant temperature continually higher than normal
If you notice any of these clues, take your vehicle to any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional, as
soon as possible. Your vehicle may need adjustment or repair.
CAUTION
If your vehicle is not properly maintained
It could result in serious damage to the vehicle and possible serious injury or
death.
Warning in handling of the battery
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead com-
pounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands after
handling. (P. 362)
344
TMC corolla_EE
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance yourself, be sure to follow the correct
procedures as given in these sections.
Items Parts and tools
Battery condition (P. 362)
•Warm water
• Baking soda
• Grease
• Conventional wrench
(for terminal clamp bolts)
Engine coolant level (P. 360)
• Toyota Super Long Life Coolant
or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-
amine, non-nitrite and non-borate
coolant with long-life hybrid
organic acid technology. Toyota
Super Long Life Coolant is pre-
mixed with 50% coolant and 50%
deionized water.
• Funnel (used only for adding cool-
ant)
Engine oil level P. 355)
• Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or
equivalent
• Rag or paper towel, funnel
(used only for adding oil)
Fuses (P. 382)
• Fuse with same amperage rating
as original
Radiator, condenser and inter-
cooler (P. 362)
Tire inflation pressure (P. 371)
• Tire pressure gauge
• Compressed air source
Washer fluid (P. 366)
• Water washer fluid containing
antifreeze (for winter use)
• Funnel
345
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury observe the following precautions.
When working on the engine compartment
Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from the moving fan and engine
drive belt.
Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc. right
after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.
Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper or rags, in the
engine compartment.
Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the bat-
tery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable.
Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
Take care because brake fluid can harm your hands or eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with
clean water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
When working near the electric cooling fan or radiator grille
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Be sure the engine switch is OFF.
With the engine switch in the “ON” position, the electric cooling fan may
automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant tem-
perature is high. (P. 362)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Be sure the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is OFF.
With the “ENGINE START STOP” switch in IGNITION ON mode, the electric
cooling fan may automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or
the coolant temperature is high. (P. 362)
Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc. from
getting in the eyes.
346
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
If you remove the air cleaner
Driving with the air cleaner removed may cause excessive engine wear due
to dirt in the air. Also a backfire could cause a fire in the engine compart-
ment.
If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it may indicate a serious problem.
347
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Hood
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
Pull the hood release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
Push the auxiliary catch lever
to the left and lift the hood.
Hold the hood open by insert-
ing the supporting rod into the
slot.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
348
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely from falling down on to your
head or body.
NOTICE
When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing
the hood with the support rod up could cause the hood to bend.
349
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Positioning a floor jack
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack cor-
rectly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause injury.
Front
Rear
350
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When raising your vehicle
Make sure to observe the following to reduce the possibility of death or seri-
ous injury.
When using a floor jack, follow the instructions of the manual provided with
the jack.
Do not use the jack that was supplied with your vehicle.
Do not put any part of your body or get underneath the vehicle supported
only by the floor jack.
Always use floor jack and/or automotive jack stands on a solid, flat, level
surface.
Do not start the engine while the vehicle is supported by the floor jack.
Stop the vehicle on level firm ground, firmly set the parking brake and put
the shift lever in P (automatic transmission), E, M or R (multi-mode manual
transmission) or R (manual transmission).
Make sure to set the floor jack properly at the jack point.
Raising the vehicle with an improperly positioned floor jack will damage
the vehicle and may cause the vehicle to fall off the floor jack.
Do not raise the vehicle while someone is in the vehicle.
When raising the vehicle, do not place any objects on top of or underneath
the floor jack.
Lift up the vehicle using a floor jack
such as the one shown in the illustra-
tion.
351
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Engine compartment
1NR-FE engine
Washer fluid tank (P. 366)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 360)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 357)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 355)
Battery (P. 362)
Fuse box (P. 382)
Electric cooling fan
Condenser (P. 362)
Radiator (P. 362)
352
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
1ZR-FE engine
Washer fluid tank (P. 366)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 360)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 357)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 355)
Battery (P. 362)
Fuse box (P. 382)
Electric cooling fan
Condenser (P. 362)
Radiator (P. 362)
353
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
1ND-TV engine
Washer fluid tank (P. 366)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 360)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 357)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 355)
Battery (P. 362)
Fuel filter (P. 468)
Fuse box (P. 382)
Radiator (P. 362)
Electric cooling fan
Condenser (P. 362)
Intercooler (P. 362)
354
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Engine compartment cover (vehicles with 1ZR-FE engine only)
Removing the engine compartment cover
Installing the clips
Battery cover
355
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Engine oil
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil
level on the dipstick.
Checking the engine oil
Diesel engine: Park the vehicle on level ground. After warm-
ing up the engine and turning it off, wait more than five min-
utes for the oil to drain back into the bottom of the engine.
Gasoline engine: Park the vehicle on level ground. After turn-
ing off the engine, wait more than five minutes for the oil to
drain back into the bottom of the engine.
Hold a rag under the end and
pull the dipstick out.
Wipe the dipstick clean.
1ZR-FE engine with flat dipstick, 1NR-FE and 1ND-TV
engines: Reinsert the dipstick fully.
1ZR-FE engine with non-flat dip-
stick: Reinsert the non-flat dip-
stick fully with its protruding
areas ( in the illustration)
pointing towards the engine.
Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out and check
the oil level.
Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
6
356
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
1ND-TV engine
Low
Full
1ZR-FE engine with flat dipstick and 1NR-FE engine
Low
Full
1ZR-FE engine with non-flat dipstick
Low
Measuring side
Full
357
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Adding engine oil
If the oil level is below or near
the low level mark, add engine
oil of the same type as already in
the engine.
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed before
adding oil.
Remove the oil filler cap.
Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick.
Install the filler cap, turning it clockwise.
Engine oil
selection
P. 481
Oil quantity
(Low Full)
1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 Imp. qt.)
Items Clean funnel
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
358
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
When adding engine oil (diesel engine only)
Do not overfill the engine. Use the dipstick to ensure that the oil level does
not exceed the full mark. If exceeded, the oil level will have to be adjusted to
below the full mark.
Engine oil consumption
The amount of engine oil consumed depends on the oil viscosity, the
quality of the oil and the way the vehicle is driven.
More oil is consumed under driving conditions such as high speeds and
frequent acceleration and deceleration.
A new engine consumes more oil.
When judging the amount of oil consumption, keep in mind that the oil
may have become diluted, making it difficult to judge the true level accu-
rately.
Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L/1000 km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 Imp. qt./600
miles)
If you consume more than 1.0 L (1.1 qt., 0.9 Imp. qt.) every 1000 km (600
miles), contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
After changing the engine oil (diesel engine only)
The oil change system should be reset. Perform the following procedures:
Switch the display to the odometer (P. 153) when the engine is
running.
Turn the engine switch OFF.
While pressing the trip meter reset button, set the engine switch to
the “ON” position (but do not start the engine because otherwise
the reset mode will be cancelled). Continue to press and hold the
button until the trip meter displays “000000”.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
359
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Used engine oil
Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation or skin cancer, so care should
be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used engine
oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do
not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the
ground. Call any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional, service station or auto parts store for
information concerning recycling or disposal.
Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE
To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil level on regular basis.
When replacing the engine oil
Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
Avoid overfilling, as the engine could be damaged.
Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle.
Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.
360
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Engine coolant
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Gasoline engine
Reservoir cap
“FULL”
“LOW”
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to the
“FULL” line.
Diesel engine
Reservoir cap
“FULL”
“LOW”
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to the
“FULL” line.
361
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
If the coolant level drops within a short time after replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant filler cap, radiator cap,
drain cock and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional, test the cap and check for
leaks in the cooling system.
Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant
with long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50%
deionized water. (Enabled: -35C [-31F])
For more details about engine coolant, contact any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
CAUTION
When the engine is hot
Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
When adding engine coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent damage to parts or paint.
362
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Radiator, condenser and intercooler
Check the radiator, condenser and intercooler and clear any foreign
objects.
If any of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle checked by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
Battery
Check the battery as follows.
The meanings of each caution symbol on the top of the battery are as
follows:
CAUTION
When the engine is hot
Do not touch the radiator, condenser or intercooler, as they may be hot and
may cause serious injuries, such as burns.
No smoking, no naked
flames, no sparks
Battery acid
Shield eyes
Note operating
instructions
Keep away from chil-
dren
Explosive gas
363
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Battery exterior
Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that
there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp
Checking battery fluid
Check that the level is between
the upper line and the lower line.
Upper line
Lower line
If the fluid level is at or below the
lower line, add distilled water.
Adding distilled water
Remove the vent plug.
Add distilled water.
If the upper line cannot be seen, check the fluid level by looking
directly at the cell.
Low O.K.
STEP
1
STEP
2
364
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Put the vent plug back on and close securely.
Before recharging
When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable
and explosive. Therefore, before recharging:
If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to discon-
nect the ground cable.
Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and
disconnecting the charger cables to the battery.
After recharging/reconnecting the battery (vehicles with a smart entry
& start system)
In some cases, the engine may not start. Follow the procedure below to ini-
tialize the system.
Shift the shift lever to P (vehicles with an automatic transmission) or
N (vehicles with a manual transmission), and turn the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch OFF.
Open and close any of the doors.
Start the engine. (If the engine does not start first time, repeat the
procedure.)
If the engine will not start even after multiple attempts at the above method,
contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
365
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Chemicals in the battery
A battery contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce
hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death
or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near bat-
tery:
Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools.
Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
Keep children away from the battery.
Where to safely charge the battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a
garage or closed room where there is not sufficient ventilation.
Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the cloth-
ing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia,
beaten raw egg or vegetable oil. Get emergency medical attention immedi-
ately.
366
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Washer fluid
If the fluid level is extremely low add washer fluid.
Vehicles with a headlight
cleaner: Raise the cap keeping
your finger pressed down on the
hole in the center and check the
fluid level in the tube.
NOTICE
When recharging the battery
Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
When adding distilled water
Avoid overfilling. Water spilled during battery recharging may cause corro-
sion.
367
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When refilling the washer fluid
Do not refill the washer fluid when the engine is hot or running, as the
washer fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine etc.
NOTICE
Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces.
Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bot-
tle.
368
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Tires
Replace the tires when the treadwear indicators show.
Checking tires
New tread
Treadwear indicator
Worn tread
The location of treadwear indi-
cators is shown by the “TWI” or
“ ” marks, etc., molded on
the sidewall of each tire.
Check spare tire condition and
inflation pressure if not rotated.
Tire rotation
Vehicles with a spare tire of different wheel type from the
installed tires
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.
To equalize tire wear and help
extend tire life, Toyota recom-
mends that you rotate your
tires approximately every
10000 km (6000 miles).
Front
369
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
When to replace your vehicle’s tires
Tires should be replaced if:
You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric or bulges indicating internal damage
A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size
or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even if
they have seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
If the tread wears down 4 mm (0.16 in.) or more on snow tires
The effectiveness of snow tires is lost.
Vehicles with a spare tire of the same wheel type as the installed
tires
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.
To equalize tire wear and help
extend tire life, Toyota recom-
mends that you rotate your
tires approximately every
10000 km (6000 miles).
Front
370
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drive train, as well as
dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident resulting
in death or serious injury.
Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.
Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
tires).
Do not mix summer, all season and winter tires.
Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.
Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously.
NOTICE
Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or pot holes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire air pressure, reducing the cush-
ioning ability of the tires. In addition driving on rough roads may cause dam-
age to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s wheels and body.
If tire inflation pressures become low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
371
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Tire inflation pressure
Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
Reduced fuel efficiency
Reduced driving comfort and tire life
Reduced safety
Damage to the drive train
If a tire needs frequent refilling, have it checked by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours and has not been
driven for more than 1.5 km or 1 mile, you will get an accurate cold tire
inflation pressure reading.
Always use a tire pressure gauge.
The appearance of the tire can be misleading. In addition, tire inflation
pressures that are even just a few pounds off can degrade ride and han-
dling.
Do not bleed or reduce tire inflation pressure after driving. It is normal for
the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving.
Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is
balanced.
Make sure to maintain the proper tire inflation pressure. Tire inflation
pressure should be checked at least once per month. However,
Toyota recommends that tire inflation pressure be checked once
every two weeks. (P. 490)
372
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated. Otherwise, the following conditions may
occur and result in an accident causing death or serious injury.
Excessive wear
Uneven wear
Poor handling
Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
Poor sealing of the tire bead
Wheel deformation and/or tire separation
A greater possibility of tire damage from road hazards
NOTICE
When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
Be sure to reinstall the tire valve caps.
Without the valve caps, dirt or moisture could get into the valve and cause
air leakage, which could result in an accident. If the caps have been lost,
replace them as soon as possible.
373
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be replaced.
Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or cause loss of
handling control.
Wheel selection
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that
they are equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter,
rim width, and inset*.
Replacement wheels are available at any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
*: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using:
Wheels of different sizes or types
Used wheels
Bent wheels that have been straightened
Aluminum wheel precautions (if equipped)
Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use
with your aluminum wheels.
When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1600 km (1000 miles).
Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using
tire chains.
Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a
plastic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
374
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When replacing wheels
Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in the
Owner’s Manual, as this may result in loss of handling control.
Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a tube-
less tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing serious injury or
death.
When installing the wheel nuts
Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an acci-
dent and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or grease
from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Be sure to install the wheel nuts with
the tapered end facing inward. Install-
ing the nuts with the tapered end facing
outward can cause wheel to break and
eventually cause a wheel to come off
while driving, which could lead to an
accident resulting in death or serious
injury.
Tap ere d
portion
375
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter must be cleaned or changed regularly to
maintain air conditioning efficiency.
Removal method
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine
switch OFF.
Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper.
Push in each side of the glove
box to disconnect the claws.
Remove the filter cover.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
376
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Replacement method
Remove the air conditioning
filter and replace it with a new
one.
The “UP” marks shown on
the filter should be pointing up.
Cleaning method
If the filter is dirty, clean by
blowing compressed air
through the filter from the
downward side.
Hold the air gun 5 cm (2 in.)
from the filter and blow for
approximately 2 minutes at
500 kPa (5.0 kgf/cm
2
or bar, 72
psi).
If it is not available, have the
filter cleaned by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repair, or
another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
377
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Checking interval
Inspect, clean and replace the air conditioning filter according to the mainte-
nance schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, more fre-
quent cleaning or early replacement may be required. (For scheduled
maintenance information, please refer to the “Toyota Service Booklet” or
“Toyota Warranty Booklet”.)
If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the system
When using the air conditioning system, make sure that a filter is always
installed.
When cleaning the filter, do not clean the filter with water.
378
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Key battery
Replace the battery with a new one if it is discharged.
You will need the following items:
Flathead screwdriver (To prevent damage to the key, cover
the tip of the screwdriver with a rag.)
Small Phillips-head screwdriver
Lithium battery CR1632 (vehicles with a smart entry & start
system), CR2016 (vehicles without a smart entry & start sys-
tem)
Replacing the battery (vehicles with a smart entry & start
system)
Take out the mechanical key.
Remove the cover.
STEP
1
STEP
2
379
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the
“+” terminal facing up.
Replacing the battery (vehicles without a smart entry & start
system)
Remove the cover.
Remove the module.
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
380
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
If the key battery is discharged
The following symptoms may occur.
The smart entry & start system and wireless remote control will not func-
tion properly.
The operational range is reduced.
Use a CR1632 (vehicles with a smart entry & start system), or CR2016
(vehicles without a smart entry & start system) lithium battery
Batteries can be purchased at any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer,
or another duly qualified and equipped professional, jewelers, or camera
stores.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
Dispose of used batteries according to the local laws.
Open the case cover using a
coin protected with tape etc.
and remove the depleted bat-
tery.
Insert a new battery with the
“+” terminal facing up.
STEP
3
381
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Removed battery and other parts
Keep away from children. These parts are small and if swallowed by a child,
they can cause choking. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.
Certification for the smart entry & start system
RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT
TYPE. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUC-
TIONS
NOTICE
For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
Do not touch or move any other components inside the remote control.
Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
382
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Checking and replacing fuses
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may have
blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as necessary.
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine
switch OFF.
Open the fuse box cover.
Engine compartment
Push the tab in and lift the lid
off.
Instrument panel
Type A
Remove the lid.
STEP
1
STEP
2
383
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Type B
Remove the instrument panel.
After a system failure, see “Fuse layout and amperage rat-
ings” (P. 385) for details about which fuse to check.
Remove the fuse with the pull-
out tool.
Check if the fuse has blown.
Type A
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace it with one of an
appropriate amperage rating.
The amperage rating can be
found on the fuse box lid.
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
384
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Type B
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace it with one of an
appropriate amperage rating.
The amperage rating can be
found on the fuse box lid.
Type C
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Contact any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped
professional.
Type D
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Contact any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped
professional.
385
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Fuse layout and amperage ratings
Engine compartment
Fuse Ampere Circuit
1 H-LP CLN 30 A Headlight cleaner
2 RDI FAN 40 A Electric cooling fan
3 ABS NO. 3
*
1
30 A
Anti-lock brake system, vehicle sta-
bility control system
4 ABS NO. 1 50 A
Anti-lock brake system, vehicle sta-
bility control system
5 HTR 50 A Air conditioning system
6ALT
120 A
*
1
RDI FAN, H-LP CLN, ABS NO. 1,
ABS NO. 3, ABS NO. 2, HTR, HTR
SUB NO. 1, HTR SUB NO. 2, HTR
SUB NO. 3, STV HTR, ACC, CIG,
METER, IGN, ECU-IG NO. 2, HTR-
IG, WIPER, WASHER, ECU-IG
NO. 1, SEAT HTR, AM1, DOOR,
STOP, FR DOOR, POWER, RR
DOOR, RL DOOR, OBD, ACC-B,
RR FOG, FR FOG, DEF, MIR HTR,
TAIL, PANEL
140 A
*
2
386
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
7 EPS 60 A Electric power steering
8GLOW
*
2
80 A Engine glow system
9P-SYSTEM
*
1
30 A No circuit
10 P/I 50 A EFI MAIN, HORN, IG2
11 H-LP MAIN 50 A
H-LP LH LO, H-LP RH LO, H-LP
LH HI, H-LP RH HI
12 AMT
*
7
50 A Multi-mode manual transmission
13 SPARE 10 A Spare fuse
14 SPARE 30 A Spare fuse
15 SPARE 20 A Spare fuse
16 ECU-B3
*
2
7.5 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
17 ECU-B2 10 A
Multi-mode manual transmission,
air conditioning system, smart entry
& start system, power windows
18 ECU-B 10 A
Main body ECU, gauge and meters,
vehicle stability control system,
power door lock system, starting sys-
tem, charging system
19 RAD NO. 1 15 A Audio system
20 DOME 10 A
Interior lights, trunk light, vanity
lights, smart entry & start system,
wireless remote control, engine
switch light
21 AM2 NO. 2 7.5 A
Main body ECU
,
multiport fuel
injection system/sequential multi-
port fuel injection system, starting
system
22 ALT-S 7.5 A Charging system
23 TURN-HAZ 10 A Turn signal lights
Fuse Ampere Circuit
387
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
24 ETCS*
1
10 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
25 AM2 30 A Starting system, IG2 NO. 2
26 STRG LOCK 20 A Steering lock system
27 IGT/INJ
*
1
15 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system, starting system
28 EFI MAIN
20 A
*
1
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system, EFI NO. 1, EFI NO. 2
30 A
*
2
29 HORN 10 A Horn
30 IG2 15 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system, starting system, IG2 NO.
2, IGN, METER
31 HTR SUB NO. 1
30 A
*
5
Air conditioning system
50 A
*
6
32 HTR SUB NO. 2 30 A Air conditioning system
33 HTR SUB NO. 3 30 A Air conditioning system
34 FR DEICER
*
1
20 A No circuit
35 ABS NO. 2 30 A
Anti-lock brake system, vehicle sta-
bility control system
36 STV HTR
*
2
25 A Power heater
37 WIP-S 7.5 A
Charging system
38 IG2 NO. 2 7.5 A Starting system, AM2, AM2 NO. 2
39 EFI NO. 2 10 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
Fuse Ampere Circuit
388
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
*
1
: Vehicles with a gasoline engine
*
2
: Vehicles with a diesel engine
*
3
: Vehicles without discharge headlights (low beam)
*
4
: Vehicles with discharge headlights (low beam)
*
5
: Vehicles with a 495W PTC heater
*
6
: Vehicles with a 600W PTC heater
*
7
: Vehicles with a multi-mode manual transmission
40 EFI NO. 1 10 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
41 H-LP RH HI 10 A Right-hand headlight (high beam)
42 H-LP LH HI 10 A Left-hand headlight (high beam)
43 H-LP RH LO
10 A
*
3
Right-hand headlight (low beam)
15 A
*
4
44 H-LP LH LO
10 A
*
3
Left-hand headlight (low beam)
15 A
*
4
Fuse Ampere Circuit
389
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Instrument panel (type A)
Fuse Ampere Circuit
1TAIL 10 A
Front position lights, tail lights,
license plate lights, rear fog light,
front fog lights, manual headlight
leveling dial, multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel
injection system, instrument cluster
lights
2 PANEL 7.5 A
Switch illumination, instrument
cluster lights, main body ECU
3 FR DOOR 20 A Power windows
4 RL DOOR 20 A Power windows
5 RR DOOR 20 A Power windows
6 SUNROOF 20 A No circuit
7 CIG 15 A Cigarette lighter
8ACC 7.5 A
Outside rear view mirrors, audio
system, main body ECU, smart
entry & start system, rear view
monitor system
9MIR HTR 10 A
Outside rear view mirror defoggers,
multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
10 RR FOG 7.5 A Rear fog light
390
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
11 IGN 7.5 A
Steering lock system, SRS airbag
system, multi-mode manual trans-
mission, multiport fuel injection sys-
tem/sequential multiport fuel
injection system, smart entry &
start system, charging system,
starting system
12 METER 7.5 A Gauge and meters
13 SEAT HTR 15 A Seat heaters
14 HTR-IG 10 A
Air conditioning system, rear win-
dow defogger, power heater
15 WIPER 25 A Windshield wipers, rain sensor
16 WASHER 15 A Windshield washer
17 ECU-IG NO. 1 10 A
Automatic headlight leveling sys-
tem, main body ECU, electric
power steering, electric cooling fan,
shift lock control system, rain sen-
sor, anti-lock brake system, vehi-
cle stability control system,
headlight cleaner
18 ECU-IG NO. 2 10 A
Back-up lights, charging system,
auto anti-glare inside rear view mir-
ror, rear window defogger, air con-
ditioning system, emergency
flashers, front passenger’s seat
belt reminder light, rear view moni-
tor system, multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel
injection system
19 OBD 7.5 A On-board diagnosis system
Fuse Ampere Circuit
391
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
20 STOP 10 A
Stop lights, high mounted stop-
light, anti-lock brake system, main
body ECU, multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel
injection system, multi-mode man-
ual transmission, shift lock control
system
21 DOOR 25 A Power door lock system
22 ACC-B 25 A CIG, ACC
23 FR FOG 15 A Front fog lights
24 AM1 7.5 A
Starting system, shift lock control
system, multiport fuel injection sys-
tem/sequential multiport fuel injec-
tion system
Fuse Ampere Circuit
392
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Instrument panel (type B)
Fuse Ampere Circuit
1 POWER 30 A Power windows
2 DEF 40 A Rear window defogger, MIR HTR
3 PWR SEAT 30 A No circuit
After a fuse is replaced
If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb
may need replacement. (P. 394)
If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
If there is an overload in the circuits
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
393
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may cause damage, and possibly a fire or injury.
Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than indicated, or use any
other object in place of a fuse.
Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
This can cause extensive damage or even fire.
Do not modify the fuse or the fuse box.
NOTICE
Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional, as soon as possible.
394
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Light bulbs
You may replace the following bulbs yourself. The difficulty level of
replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary bulb
replacement seems difficult to perform, contact any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional.
For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
Prepare a replacement light bulb.
Check the wattage of the light bulb being replaced. (P. 491)
Remove the engine compartment cover.
P. 354
Front bulb locations
Headlight low beam
(halogen bulb)
Front position light
Front fog light (if equipped)
Headlight
high beam
Front turn signal light
395
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Replacing light bulbs
Headlight low beams (halogen bulbs)
Turn the bulb base counterclock-
wise.
Pull the bulb out while pressing
the lock release of the connector.
Rear bulb locations
Back-up light/
rear fog light
Rear turn signal light
Stop/tail light
License plate light
STEP
1
STEP
2
396
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Headlight high beams
Turn the bulb base counterclock-
wise.
Pull the bulb out while pressing
the lock release of the connector.
Front fog lights (if equipped)
Remove the fender liner bolts
and a clip.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
397
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Remove the fender liner.
Unplug the connector while
depressing the lock release.
Turn the bulb counterclockwise.
Front position lights
Turn the bulb base counterclock-
wise.
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
1
398
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Remove the light bulb.
Front turn signal lights
Turn the steering wheel away from the side being worked on.
This will move the tire to provide more room.
Remove the fender liner clips.
Remove the fender liner and turn
the bulb base counterclockwise.
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
399
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Remove the light bulb.
Stop/tail lights and rear turn signal lights
Open the trunk lid and remove
the cover.
Turn the bulb bases counter-
clockwise.
Stop/tail light
Rear turn signal light
Remove the light bulb.
STEP
4
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
400
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
Back-up light or rear fog light
Open the trunk lid and remove
the cover.
Turn the bulb bases counter-
clockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
401
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
License plate lights
Open the trunk lid and remove
the trunk panel cover clips.
Partly remove the trunk panel
cover and turn the bulb base
counterclockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
Lights other than the above
If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
Headlight low beams (discharge bulb)
Side turn signal lights
High mounted stoplight
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
402
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
When replacing the left side headlight low beam (halogen bulb), head-
light high beam and front position light bulbs
Vehicles with 1NR-FE engine
Except vehicles with 1NR-FE engine
After replacing the bulbs, make sure to firmly install the upper portion of the
air cleaner duct and secure it with the clip.
Remove the securing clip and the upper
part of the air cleaner duct to allow easy
access to the light bulbs.
Remove the securing clip and the upper
part of the air cleaner duct to allow easy
access to the light bulbs.
When installing the clip, follow the proce-
dure shown in the illustration.
403
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
TMC corolla_EE
Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional, for more information in the following situations.
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does
not indicate a malfunction.
Large drops of water are built up on the inside of the lens.
Water has built up inside the headlight.
Discharge headlights (if equipped)
If voltage to the discharge bulbs is insufficient, the bulbs may not come on,
or may go out temporarily. The discharge bulbs will come on when normal
power is restored.
LED high mounted stoplight and side turn signal lights
The high mounted stoplight and side turn signal lights consists of a number
of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle to any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional to have the light replaced.
Installing the fender liner clip
Type A
Type B
Install the clip.
Install the clip.
404
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Replacing light bulbs
Turn off the headlights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately
after turning off the headlights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. Hold the
bulb by the plastic or metal portion.
If the bulb is scratched or dropped it may blow out or crack.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failing to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
Do not attempt to take apart or repair the low beam discharge headlight
bulbs, connectors, power supply circuits, or related components.
Doing so could result in electric shock and serious injury or death.
Discharge headlights (if equipped)
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional, before replacing discharge headlights (includ-
ing light bulbs).
Do not touch the high-intensity discharge headlight’s high voltage socket
when the headlights are turned on.
An extremely high voltage of 20000 V will be discharged and could result
in serious injury or death by electric shock.
To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
5
When trouble arises
405
TMC corolla_EE
5-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers.......... 406
If your vehicle needs to
be towed......................... 407
If you think something
is wrong .......................... 414
Fuel pump shut off
system ............................ 415
5-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds... ........................ 416
If a warning message is
displayed ........................ 428
If you have a flat tire ......... 438
If the engine will not
start................................. 450
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted from P ............ 452
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted ........................ 453
If you lose your keys ......... 454
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ....... 455
If the battery is
discharged ...................... 458
If your vehicle
overheats........................ 465
If you run out of fuel and
the engine stalls.............. 468
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ............................... 469
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in an
emergency...................... 471
406
TMC corolla_EE
5-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the emergency flashers on longer than necessary when the
engine is not running.
Use the emergency flashers if the vehicle malfunctions or is
involved in an accident.
Press the switch to flash all
the turn signal lights. To turn
them off, press the switch
once again.
5
407
5-1. Essential information
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
If your vehicle needs to be towed
Before towing
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional, before towing.
The engine is running, but the vehicle will not move.
The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle towed by
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional, such as or a commercial towing service,
using a lift-type truck or a flat bed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/pro-
vincial and local laws.
If towing from the front, the vehicle's rear wheels and axles must be
in good condition. (P. 411 )
If they are damaged, use a towing dolly or flat bed truck.
408
5-1. Essential information
TMC corolla_EE
Emergency towing
If a tow truck is not available, in an emergency your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency
towing eyelet(s). This should only be attempted on hard, surfaced
roads for short distances at low speeds.
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The
vehicle’s wheels, drive train, axles, steering and brakes must be in
good condition.
Towing eyelets
Emergency towing procedure
Release the parking brake.
Shift the shift lever to N.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Put the engine switch in the “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” position
(engine running).
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Put the “ENGINE START STOP” switch in ACCESSORY (engine
off) or IGNITION ON mode (engine running).
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
5
409
5-1. Essential information
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Installing towing eyelets
Remove the eyelet cover using a
flathead screwdriver.
To protect the bodywork, place a
rag between the screwdriver and
the vehicle body, as shown in the
illustration.
CAUTION
Caution while towing
Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle.
Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which place excessive
stress on the emergency towing eyelets and the cables or chains. Always
be cautious of the surroundings and other vehicles while towing.
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not function, making steering and braking more difficult.
NOTICE
To prevent causing serious damage to the transmission (vehicles with
an automatic transmission)
Never tow this vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the ground.
This may cause serious damage to the transmission.
STEP
1
410
5-1. Essential information
TMC corolla_EE
Insert the towing eyelet into the
hole and tighten partially by
hand.
Tighten down the towing eyelet
securely using a wheel nut
wrench.
STEP
2
STEP
3
Location of the emergency towing eyelet
P. 438
CAUTION
Installing towing eyelets to the vehicle
Make sure that towing eyelets are installed securely.
If not securely installed, towing eyelets may come loose during towing. This
may lead to accidents that cause serious injury or even death.
5
411
5-1. Essential information
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Towing with a sling-type truck
Towing with a wheel lift-type truck from the front
Release the parking brake.
NOTICE
To prevent body damage
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the vehicle
When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
412
5-1. Essential information
TMC corolla_EE
Towing with a wheel lift-type truck from the rear
Vehicles with an automatic trans-
mission: Use a towing dolly
under the front wheels.
Except vehicles with an auto-
matic transmission: We recom-
mend to use a towing dolly under
the front wheels.
Vehicles without a smart entry &
start system: When not using a
towing dolly, turn the engine
switch to the “ACC” (vehicles with
a manual transmission) or “ON”
position (vehicles with a multi-
mode manual transmission) and
shift the shift lever to N.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start
system: When not using a towing
dolly, turn the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch to ACCESSORY
mode and shift the shift lever to
N.
5
413
5-1. Essential information
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Using a flat bed truck
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be
damaged.
NOTICE
To prevent causing serious damage to the transmission
(vehicles with an automatic transmission)
Never tow this vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the ground.
When towing a vehicle without using a towing dolly (except vehicles
with an automatic transmission)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch must not be OFF.
The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels
straight.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch must not be OFF.
The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels
straight.
414
5-1. Essential information
TMC corolla_EE
If you think something is wrong
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle probably
needs adjustment or repair. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional, as
soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
Fluid leaks under the vehicle
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
Engine coolant temperature gauge continually indicates that
the temperature is higher than normal
Audible symptoms
Changes in exhaust sound
Excessive tire squeal when cornering
Strange noises related to the suspension system
Pinging or other noises related to the engine
Operational symptoms
Engine missing, stumbling or running rough
Appreciable loss of power
Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost
touches the floor
5
415
5-1. Essential information
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Fuel pump shut off system (gasoline engine only)
Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is
activated.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Restart the engine.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to ACCESSORY
mode or OFF.
Restart the engine.
NOTICE
Before starting the engine
Inspect the ground under the vehicle.
If you find that fuel has leaked on to the ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.
To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or an air-
bag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off system stops sup-
plying fuel to the engine.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
416
TMC corolla_EE
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds...
Stop the vehicle immediately. Continuing to drive the vehicle
may be dangerous.
The following warning indicates a possible problem in the brake sys-
tem. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
*: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
The buzzer sounds to indicate that the parking brake is still engaged (with
the vehicle having reached a speed of 5 km/h [3 mph]).
Warning light Warning light/Details
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)*
• Low brake fluid
• Malfunction in the brake system
This light also comes on when the parking brake is not
released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is fully
released the system is operating normally.
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights turn
on or flash. If a light turns on or flashes, but then turns off, this does
not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the system.
5
417
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Stop the vehicle immediately.
The following warnings indicate the possibility of damage to the
vehicle that may lead to an accident. Immediately stop the vehicle
in a safe place and contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Warning light Warning light/Details
Charging system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system.
Low engine oil pressure warning light (non-Optitron
type meters)
Indicates that the engine oil pressure is too low.
High engine coolant temperature warning light (Opti-
tron type meters)
Indicates that the engine is almost overheating. (P. 465)
418
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
The following warnings indicate the possibility of damage to the
vehicle that may lead to an accident. Immediately stop the vehicle
in a safe place and take the specified steps to correct the sus-
pected problem.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and take the specified
steps to correct the suspected problem.
Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure
(Comes on)
(vehicles with
a multi-mode
manual
transmission)
Multi-mode manual trans-
mission warning light
Indicates a malfunction in
the multi-mode manual
transmission system.
Have the system checked
by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
Multi-mode manual trans-
mission warning light
(warning buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in
the multi-mode manual
transmission system and
that the clutch has become
hot due to excessive load.
Pull over and shift the shift
lever to N. Wait for about 15
minutes for the clutch to
cool down. Have the system
checked by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure
(Flashes)
(vehicles with
a multi-mode
manual
transmission)
Heat clutch warning light
(warning buzzer)
Indicates that the clutch
has become hot, but does
not indicate a malfunction
in the multi-mode manual
transmission system.
Pull over and shift the shift
lever to N. Wait for about 15
minutes for the clutch to
cool down.
5
419
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
To prevent the clutch from overheating
Observe the following while driving.
Do not keep driving up a hill at low speeds.
Do not start off and stop repeatedly on an uphill.
Do not use the accelerator pedal or starting assist system to hold the
vehicle on a hill.
420
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Have the vehicle inspected immediately.
Failing to investigate the cause of the following warnings may lead to
the system operating abnormally and possibly cause an accident.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional, immedi-
ately.
Warning light Warning light/Details
Malfunction indicator lamp
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The electronic engine control system;
• The electronic throttle control system;
• The electronic automatic transmission control system;
• The electronic multi-mode manual transmission control
system;
• The emission control system; or
• The DPF catalytic converter*
1
.
SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system.
ABS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system (vehicles with a VSC only).
Electric power steering warning light (warning buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS system.
(Flashes)
“VSC OFF” indicator light (some models with non-Opti-
tron type meters)
Indicates a malfunction in the VSC system or TRC system.
Slip indicator light (if equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the VSC system or TRC system.
5
421
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
*
1
: NDE150L-AEFDXW, NDE150L-AEFNXW and NDE150L-AELNXW mod-
els*
2
*
2
: The model code is indicated on the manufacturer's label. (P. 476)
(Flashes)
Cruise control indicator light (if equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the cruise control system.
Automatic headlight leveling system warning light (if
equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the automatic headlight leveling
system.
Fuel filter warning light (diesel engine only)
Indicate that the amount of accumulated water in the fuel
filter has reached the specified level.
Warning light Warning light/Details
422
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Follow the correction procedures.
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning light turns off.
Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure
Open door warning light
(non-Optitron type
meters)
Indicates that a door or the
trunk is not fully closed.
Check that all doors and a
trunk are closed.
(Flashes)
Low fuel level warning
light (Optitron type
meters)
Gasoline engine
Indicates that remaining
fuel is about 7.2 L (1.9
gal., 1.6 Imp. gal.) or less
Diesel engine
Indicates that remaining
fuel is about 8.2 L (2.2
gal., 1.8 Imp. gal.) or less
Refuel the vehicle.
(Flashes more
rapidly)
Low fuel level warning
light (Optitron type
meters)
Gasoline engine
Indicates that remaining
fuel is about 5.8 L (1.5
gal., 1.3 Imp. gal.) or less
Diesel engine
Indicates that remaining
fuel is about 5.7 L (1.5
gal., 1.3 Imp. gal.) or less
Refuel the vehicle.
5
423
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Low fuel level warning
light (non-Optitron type
meters)
Indicates that remaining
fuel is about 8.3 L (2.2
gal., 1.8 Imp. gal.) or less
Refuel the vehicle.
(On the instru-
ment cluster)
Driver’s seat belt
reminder light
(warning buzzer)*
1
Warns the driver to fasten
his/her seat belt.
Fasten the seat belt.
(On the center
panel)
Front passenger’s seat
belt reminder light
(warning buzzer)*
1
Warns the front passen-
ger to fasten his or her
seat belt.
Fasten the seat belt.
Low engine oil level warn-
ing light (diesel-powered
vehicles with non-Opti-
tron type meters)
Indicates that engine oil
level is low.
Check the level of engine
oil, and add if necessary.
Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure
424
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
(Flashes)
Engine oil change
reminder light (diesel-
powered vehicles with
non-Optitron type meters)
Indicates that the engine
oil is scheduled to be
changed.
Without DPF catalytic
converter*
2
Flashes approximately
35000 km (22000 miles)
after the engine oil is
changed. (The indicator
will not work properly
unless the oil maintenance
data has been reset).
With DPF catalytic con-
verter*
3
Flashes approximately
14500 km (9000 miles)
after the engine oil is
changed. (The indicator
will not work properly
unless the oil maintenance
date has been reset).
Check the engine oil, and
change if necessary. After
changing the engine oil, the
oil change system should
be reset. (P. 358)
Indicates that the engine
oil is changed.
With DPF catalytic con-
verter only*
3
• Flashes while you are driv-
ing.
• Flashes for about 12 sec-
onds when the engine
switch turned to the ON
position.
Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure
5
425
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
(Comes on)
Engine oil change
reminder light (diesel-
powered vehicles with
non-Optitron type meters)
Indicates that the engine
oil should be changed.
Without DPF catalytic
converter*
2
Comes on approximately
40000 km (25000 miles)
after the engine oil is
changed (and the oil main-
tenance data has been
reset).
With DPF catalytic con-
verter*
3
Comes on approximately
15000 km (9300 miles)
after the engine oil
changed (and the oil main-
tenance date has been
reset).
Check and change the
engine oil and oil filter by
any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and
equipped professional. After
changing the engine oil, the
oil change system should
be reset. (P. 358)
Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure
426
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
*
1
: Driver's and front passenger’s seat belt reminders:
The driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts reminder sounds to alert the
driver and front passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The
buzzer sounds for 30 seconds after the vehicle has reached a speed of at
least 20 km/h (12 mph). Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer
will sound in a different tone for 90 more seconds.
*
2
: NDE150L-AEFDYW model*
4
*
3
: NDE150L-AEFDXW model*
4
*
4
: The model code is indicated on the manufacturer's label. (P. 476)
Master warning light
(Optitron type meters)
A buzzer sounds and the
warning light comes on
and flashes to indicate that
the master warning system
has detected a malfunc-
tion.
P. 428
Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure
5
427
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
For some models, the malfunction indicator lamp will come on if the fuel tank
becomes completely empty. If the fuel tank is empty, refuel the vehicle
immediately. The malfunction indicator lamp will go off after several trips.
If the malfunction indicator lamp does not go off, contact any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional, as soon as possible.
Front passenger detection sensor and passenger seat belt reminder
If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger
detection sensor may cause the warning light to flash, even if a passen-
ger is not sitting in the seat.
If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passen-
ger, and the warning light may not operate properly.
Electric power steering warning light (warning buzzer)
The electric power steering warning light may come on and the warning
buzzer may sound when the voltage is low or the voltage drops.
CAUTION
When the electric power steering warning light comes on
The steering wheel may become extremely heavy.
If the steering wheel becomes heavier than usual when operating, firmly
hold and operate it using more force than usual.
NOTICE
If the fuel filter warning light comes on (diesel engine only)
Never drive the vehicle with the warning light on. Continued driving with
water accumulated in the fuel filter will damage the fuel injection pump.
428
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
If a warning message is displayed (vehicles with Optitron type meters)
Stop the vehicle immediately. Continuing to drive the vehicle
may be dangerous.
The following warning indicates a possible problem in the brake sys-
tem. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
Warning message Details
Indicates the following:
• The brake fluid level is low; or
• The brake system is malfunctioning.
A buzzer also sounds.
If a warning is shown on the multi-information display, stay calm and
perform the following actions:
Master warning light
The master warning light also
comes on or flashes in order to
indicate that a message is cur-
rently being displayed on the
multi-information display.
Multi-information display
If any of the warning lights turns on again after performing the fol-
lowing actions, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
5
429
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Stop the vehicle immediately.
The following warnings indicate the possibility of damage to the vehi-
cle that may lead to an accident. Immediately stop the vehicle in a
safe place and contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Warning message Details
Indicates an abnormal engine oil pressure.
A buzzer also sounds.
The warning light may turn on if the engine oil
pressure is too low.
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s
charging system.
A buzzer also sounds.
430
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Have the vehicle inspected immediately.
Failing to investigate the cause of the following warnings may lead to
the system operating abnormally and possibly cause an accident.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional, immedi-
ately.
Warning message Details
(Vehicles with a smart
entry & start system)
Indicates a malfunction in the steering lock sys-
tem.
A buzzer also sounds.
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system.
A buzzer also sounds.
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The electronic engine control system;
• The electronic throttle control system;
• The emission control system; or
• The DPF catalytic converter*
1
.
A buzzer also sounds.
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system. (vehicles with a VSC
only)
A buzzer also sounds.
5
431
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
*
1
: NDE150L-AEFDXW, NDE150L-AEFNXW and NDE150L-AELNXW mod-
els*
2
*
2
: The model code is indicated on the manufacturer's label. (P. 476)
Follow the correction procedures.
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning light turns off.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the TRC and VSC.
A buzzer also sounds.
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS.
A buzzer also sounds.
Warning message Details Correction procedure
Indicates that one or
more of the side
doors is not fully
closed.
Make sure that all of the
side doors are closed.
Indicates that the
trunk is not fully
closed.
Close the trunk.
Warning message Details
432
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Indicates that the
parking brake is still
engaged with the
vehicle having
reached a speed of
more than 5 km/h (3
mph).
A buzzer also sounds.
Release the parking
brake.
Gasoline engine
Indicates that remain-
ing fuel is approxi-
mately 7.2 L (1.9 gal.,
1.6 Imp. gal.) or less.
Diesel engine
Indicates that remain-
ing fuel is approxi-
mately 8.2 L (2.2 gal.,
1.8 Imp. gal.) or less.
A buzzer also sounds.
Refuel the vehicle.
(Diesel engine only)
Indicates that engine
oil level is low.
A buzzer also sounds.
Check the level of
engine oil, and add if
necessary.
Warning message Details Correction procedure
5
433
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
(Diesel engine only)
Indicates that the
engine oil is sched-
uled to be changed.
Without DPF cata-
lytic converter*
1
Comes on approxi-
mately 35000 km
(22000 miles) after the
engine oil is changed.
(The indicator will not
work properly unless
the oil maintenance
data has been reset).
With DPF catalytic
converter*
2
Comes on approxi-
mately 14500 km
(9000 miles) after the
engine oil is changed.
(The indicator will not
work properly unless
the oil maintenance
data has been reset).
Check the engine oil,
and change if neces-
sary. After changing the
engine oil, the oil
change system should
be reset. (P. 358)
Indicates that the
engine oil is
changed.
With DPF catalytic
converter only*
2
• Comes on while you
are driving
• Comes on for about
12 seconds when the
engine switch turned
to the ON position.
Warning message Details Correction procedure
434
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
*
1
: NDE150L-AEFDYW, NDE150L-AEFNYW and NDE150L-AELNYW mod-
els*
3
*
2
: NDE150L-AEFDXW, NDE150L-AEFNXW and NDE150L-AELNXW mod-
els*
3
*
3
: The model code is indicated on the manufacturer's label. (P. 476)
(Diesel engine only)
Indicates that the
engine oil should be
changed.
Without DPF cata-
lytic converter*
1
Comes on approxi-
mately 40000 km
(25000 miles) after the
engine oil is changed.
(The indicator will not
work properly unless
the oil maintenance
date has been reset).
With DPF catalytic
converter*
2
Comes on approxi-
mately 15000 km
(9300 miles) after the
engine oil is changed.
(The indicator will not
work properly unless
the oil maintenance
date has been reset).
Check and change the
engine oil and oil filter
by any authorized
Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped
professional. After
changing the engine oil,
the oil change system
should be reset.
(P. 358)
Warning message Details Correction procedure
5
435
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Follow the correction procedures. (vehicles with a smart entry &
start system)
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning light turns off.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details
Correction
procedure
Once
(Comes on for 8 sec-
onds.)
Indicates that
the electronic
key is not pres-
ent when
attempting to
start the engine.
Confirm the
location of the
electronic key.
Once
3 times
Indicates that a
door other than
the driver’s door
has been
opened or
closed with the
“ENGINE
START STOP”
switch in any
mode other
than OFF and
the electronic
key outside of
the detection
area.
Confirm the
location of the
electronic key.
436
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Once
3 times
(Vehicles with an auto-
matic transmission)
Indicates that
the driver’s door
has been
opened or
closed with the
shift lever in P,
the “ENGINE
START STOP”
switch in any
mode other
than OFF and
the electronic
key outside of
the detection
area.
Turn the
“ENGINE
START STOP”
switch OFF or
confirm the
location of the
electronic key.
Once
Con-
tinu-
ous
(Displayed alternately)
(vehicles with an auto-
matic transmission)
Indicates that
the driver’s door
has been
opened or
closed (with the
shift lever out of
P, the “ENGINE
START STOP”
switch in any
mode other
than OFF and
the electronic
key outside of
the detection
area).
• Shift the shift
lever to P.
• Confirm the
location of the
electronic key.
Once
Indicates that
the key battery
is low.
Replace the
battery.
(P. 378)
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details
Correction
procedure
5
437
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Once
(Vehicles with an auto-
matic transmission)
Indicates that a
door has been
opened or
closed and the
“ENGINE
START STOP”
switch has been
turned twice to
ACCESSORY
mode with the
“ENGINE
START STOP”
switch OFF.
Press the
“ENGINE
START STOP”
switch while
applying the
brakes.
Once
(Vehicles with a man-
ual transmission)
Indicates that a
door has been
opened or
closed and the
“ENGINE
START STOP”
switch has been
switched twice
to ACCES-
SORY mode
from OFF.
Press the
“ENGINE
START STOP”
switch while
depressing the
clutch pedal.
Once
Indicates that
the steering
lock has not
released within
3 seconds of
pressing the
“ENGINE
START STOP”
switch.
Press the
“ENGINE
START STOP”
switch again
while turning
the steering
wheel with the
brake pedal
depressed.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details
Correction
procedure
438
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
If you have a flat tire
Remove the flat tire and replace it with the spare provided.
Before jacking up the vehicle
Stop the vehicle on a hard, flat surface.
Set the parking brake.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission: Shift the shift lever
to P.
Vehicles with a multi-mode manual transmission: Shift the
shift lever to E, M or R.
Vehicles with a manual transmission: Shift the shift lever to R.
Stop the engine.
Turn on the emergency flashers.
Location of the spare tire, jack and tools
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
Luggage floor
cover
Spare tire
Jack
Jack handle
Wheel nut
wrench
Towing eyelet
5
439
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Taking out the jack
Remove the auxiliary box.
Loosen
Tighten
Vehicles with a full-size spare tire
Tool bag
Luggage floor
cover
Spare tire
Jack
Spare wheel
cushion
(vehicles with
195/65R 15 tire
only)
STEP
1
STEP
2
440
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Taking out the spare tire
Remove the luggage floor cover.
Vehicles with 195/65R15 spare
tire only: Remove the spare
wheel cushion.
Loosen the center fastener that
secures the spare tire.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
5
441
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Replacing a flat tire
Chock the tires.
Vehicles with a steel wheel:
Remove the wheel ornament
using the wrench.
To protect the wheel ornament,
place a rag between the wrench
and the wheel ornament, as
shown in the illustration.
STEP
1
Flat tire
Wheel chock
positions
Front
Left-
hand
side
Behind the
rear right-
hand side
tire
Right-
hand
side
Behind the
rear left-
hand side
tire
Rear
Left-
hand
side
In front of
the front
right-hand
side tire
Right-
hand
side
In front of
the front
left-hand
side tire
STEP
2
442
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Slightly loosen the wheel nuts
(one turn).
Turn the tire jack portion “A” by
hand until the notch of the jack is
in contact with the jack point.
Raise the vehicle until the tire is
slightly raised off the ground.
Remove all the wheel nuts and
the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
6
5
443
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Installing the tire
Remove any dirt or foreign mat-
ter from the wheel contact sur-
face.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is in
motion, and the tire may come off
the vehicle.
Install the tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by
approximately the same amount.
Replacing a steel wheel with a steel wheel (including a compact
spare tire)
Tighten the nuts until the tapered
portion comes into loose contact
with the disc wheel seat.
STEP
1
STEP
2
Tapered portion
Disc
wheel
seat
444
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Replacing an aluminum wheel with a steel wheel (including a com-
pact spare tire)
Tighten the nuts until the tapered
portion comes into loose contact
with the disc wheel seat.
Lower the vehicle.
Firmly tighten each nut two or
three times in the order shown in
the illustration.
Tightening torque:
103 N•m (10.5 kgf•m, 76 ft•lbf)
Tapered portion
Disc
wheel
seat
STEP
3
STEP
4
5
445
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Vehicles with a full-size spare tire
and a steel wheel: Reinstall the
wheel ornament.
Align the cutout of the wheel
ornament with the valve stem as
shown.
Stow the flat tire, tire jack and all tools.
STEP
5
The compact spare tire
The compact spare tire is identified by the label “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” on the tire sidewall.
Use the compact spare tire temporarily only in an emergency.
Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the compact spare tire.
(
P. 490)
If you have a flat front tire on a road covered with snow or ice (vehicles
with a compact spare tire)
Install the compact spare tire on the rear of the vehicle. Perform the following
steps and fit tire chains to the front tires.
Replace a rear tire with the compact spare tire.
Replace the flat front tire with the tire removed from the rear of the
vehicle.
Fit tire chains to the front tires.
STEP
6
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
446
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Certification for the jack
5
447
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Using the tire jack
Improper use of the tire jack may lead to death or injuries due to the vehicle
suddenly falling off the jack.
Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or install-
ing and removing tire chains.
Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for replac-
ing tires on this vehicle.
Always check that the tire jack is securely set to the jack point.
Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle supported by a jack.
Do not start or run the engine while your vehicle is supported by the jack.
Do not raise the vehicle while someone is in it.
When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to replace
the tire.
Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
Take particular care when lowering the vehicle to ensure that no one working
on or near the vehicle will be injured.
Replacing a flat tire
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of death or serious
injury.
Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 103 N
•m (10.5
kgf
•m, 76 ft•lbf) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
Failure to follow these precautions could cause the nuts to loosen and the
wheels may fall off, which could lead to an accident causing death or seri-
ous injury.
Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off the
wheel while the vehicle is moving.
When installing the wheel nuts
Be sure to install the wheel nuts with the tapered end facing inward.
(P. 374)
448
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When using the full-size spare tire (vehicles with a spare tire of differ-
ent wheel type from the installed tires)
Replace the spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possible.
Avoid sudden acceleration, deceleration and braking, as well as sharp cor-
nering.
When using the compact spare tire
Remember that your compact spare tire is specifically designed for use
with your vehicle. Do not use your compact spare tire on another vehicle.
Do not use more than one compact spare tire simultaneously.
Replace the compact spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possible.
Avoid sudden acceleration, deceleration and braking, as well as sharp cor-
nering.
Speed limit when using the compact spare tire
Do not drive at speeds in excess of 80 km/h (50 mph) when a compact spare
tire is installed on the vehicle.
The compact spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Failing to
observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or serious
injury.
When the compact spare tire is attached
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following systems
may not operate correctly:
ABS
Brake assist
VSC (if equipped)
TRC (if equipped)
5
449
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
Do not drive the vehicle with a flat tire.
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair.
Be careful when driving over bumps with the compact spare tire
installed on the vehicle.
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire com-
pared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful when driving over
uneven road surfaces.
Driving with tire chains and the compact spare tire
Do not fit tire chains to the compact spare tire.
Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving per-
formance.
450
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
If the engine will not start
If the engine still does not start after following the correct starting
procedure (P. 131, 136) or releasing the steering lock (P. 134,
138), confirm the following points.
The engine will not start even when the starter motor oper-
ates normally.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem.
There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Gasoline engine: Refuel the vehicle.
Diesel engine: (P. 468)
The engine may be flooded. (gasoline engine)
Try to restart the engine once more following correct starting
procedures. (P. 131, 136)
There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system.
(P. 7 5 )
The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and
headlights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at
a low volume.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem.
The battery may be discharged. (P. 458)
The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
The starter motor does not turn over. (automatic transmis-
sion vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an
electrical problem such as an open circuit or a blown fuse. How-
ever, an interim measure is available to start the engine.
(P. 451)
5
451
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
Emergency start function (automatic transmission vehicles with
a smart entry & start system)
When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as
an interim measure to start the engine if the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch is functioning normally.
Set the parking brake.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Set the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to ACCESSORY
mode.
Push and hold the “ENGINE START STOP” switch about 15
seconds while depressing the brake pedal firmly.
Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle checked by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and
headlights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem.
One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected.
The battery may be discharged. (P. 458)
There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system (vehi-
cles with a smart entry & start system).
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional, if the problem cannot be
repaired, or if repair procedures are unknown.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
452
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P (vehicles with an automatic transmission)
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake, there
may be a problem with the shift lock system (a system to prevent
accidental operation of the shift lever). Have the vehicle inspected by
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional, immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to
ensure that the shift lever can be shifted.
Set the parking brake.
Start the engine.
Depress the brake pedal.
Press the shift lock override
button.
The shift lever can be shifted
while the button is pressed.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
5
453
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
If the shift lever cannot be shifted (vehicles with a multi-mode manual transmission)
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake, there
may be a problem with the shift lock system (a system to prevent
accidental operation of the shift lever). Have the vehicle inspected by
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional, immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to
ensure that the shift lever can be shifted.
Set the parking brake.
Start the engine.
Depress the brake pedal.
Press the shift lock override
button with a flathead screw-
driver or equivalent.
The shift lever can be shifted
while the button is pressed.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
454
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
If you lose your keys
New genuine keys can be made by your Toyota dealer.
For vehicles with the smart entry & start system, bring the other key
and the key number stamped on the key number plate.
For vehicles without the smart entry & start system, bring a master
key and the key number stamped on the key number plate.
5
455
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
If the electronic key does not operate properly (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
Locking and unlocking the doors and opening the trunk
Using the mechanical key (P. 23) in order to perform the following
operations:
Doors
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
Trunk
Turn the mechanical key clock-
wise to open.
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is inter-
rupted (P. 29) or the electronic key cannot be used because the
battery is depleted, the smart entry & start system and wireless
remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors and trunk
can be opened or the engine can be started by following the proce-
dure below.
456
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Changing “ENGINE START STOP” switch modes and starting the engine
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
Shift the shift lever to P and apply the brakes.
Touch the Toyota emblem side of
the electronic key to the
“ENGINE START STOP” switch.
An alarm will sound to indicate
that the start function cannot
detect the electronic key that is
touched to the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch if any of the doors
is opened and closed while the
key is touched to the switch.
To change “ENGINE START STOP” switch modes: Within 5
seconds of the buzzer sounding, release the brake pedal and
press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch. Modes can be
changed each time the switch is pressed. (P. 133)
To start the engine: Press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch
within 5 seconds after the buzzer sounds, keeping the brake
pedal depressed.
Vehicles with a manual transmission
Shift the shift lever to N and depress the clutch pedal.
Touch the Toyota emblem side of
the electronic key to the
“ENGINE START STOP” switch.
An alarm will sound to indicate
that the start function cannot
detect the electronic key that is
touched to the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch if any of the doors
is opened and closed while the
key is touched to the switch.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
5
457
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
To change “ENGINE START STOP” switch modes: Within 5
seconds of the buzzer sounding, release the clutch pedal and
press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch. Modes can be
changed each time the switch is pressed. (P. 133)
To start the engine: Press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch
within 5 seconds after the buzzer sounds, keeping the clutch
pedal depressed.
In the event that the “ENGINE START STOP” switch still cannot be
operated, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional.
Stopping the engine
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
Shift the shift lever to P and press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch as
you normally do when stopping the engine.
Vehicles with a manual transmission
Shift the shift lever to N and press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch as
you normally do when stopping the engine.
Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery depletes.
(P. 378)
STEP
3
458
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
If the battery is discharged
The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the vehi-
cle's battery is discharged.
You can call any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehi-
cle with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your Toyota following
the steps below.
Vehicles with 1ZR-FE engine, remove the battery cover.
(P. 354)
Vehicles with 1ZR-FE or 1ND-TV engine, remove the
engine cover.
1ZR-FE engine
Raise the rear of the engine
cover to remove the two rear
clips, and then raise the front
of the engine cover to remove
the two front clips.
1ND-TV engine
Raise the front of the engine
cover to detach it from the
clips and then pull the cover to
detach it from the brackets on
the rear bar as shown in the
illustration.
Connect the jumper cables.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
5
459
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
1NR-FE engine
Positive (+) battery terminal on your vehicle
Positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle
Negative (-) battery terminal on the second vehicle
Connect the jumper cable to ground on your vehicle as shown in
the illustration.
460
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
1ZR-FE engine
Positive (+) battery terminal on your vehicle
Positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle
Negative (-) battery terminal on the second vehicle
Connect the jumper cable to ground on your vehicle as shown in
the illustration.
5
461
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
1ND-TV engine
Positive (+) battery terminal on your vehicle
Positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle
Negative (-) battery terminal on the second vehicle
Connect the jumper cable to ground on your vehicle as shown in
the illustration.
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine
speed slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5
minutes to recharge the battery of your vehicle.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system Open and
close any of the doors with the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch OFF.
STEP
4
STEP
5
462
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Avoiding a discharged battery
Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the engine is turned
off.
Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is run-
ning at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic, etc.
Charging the battery
The electricity stored in the battery will discharge gradually even when the
vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of cer-
tain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the battery may
discharge, and the engine may be unable to start. (The battery recharges
automatically during driving.)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn
the engine switch to the “ON” position, then start the vehi-
cle's engine.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn
the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to IGNITION ON mode,
then start the vehicle's engine.
Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper
cables in the exact reverse order in which they were con-
nected.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle checked at any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional, as soon as possible.
STEP
6
STEP
7
5
463
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
Avoiding battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flam-
mable gas that may be emitted from the battery.
Make sure the jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that it
is not unintentionally in contact with any part other than the intended termi-
nal.
Do not allow the jumper cables to come into contact with the “+” and “-” ter-
minals.
Do not allow open flame or use matches, cigarette lighters or smoke near
the battery.
Battery precautions
The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while
related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following pre-
cautions when handling the battery.
When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care
not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing
or the vehicle body.
Do not lean over the battery.
In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and
other battery-related parts.
Do not allow children near the battery.
464
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the vehicle
Do not pull- or push-start the vehicle, because the catalytic converter may
overheat and become a fire hazard.
When handling jumper cables
Be careful that the jumper cables do not become tangled in the cooling fan
or any of the belts when connecting or disconnecting them.
5
465
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
If your vehicle overheats
If your engine overheats:
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air condi-
tioning system.
Check to see if steam is coming out from under the hood.
If you see steam:
Stop the engine. Carefully lift the hood after the steam
subsides and then restart the engine.
If you do not see steam:
Leave the engine running and carefully lift the hood.
Vehicles with 1ZR-FE engine, remove the engine compart-
ment cover. (
P. 354)
Check to see if the cooling fan is operating.
If the fan is operating:
Wait until the engine coolant temperature gauge (Opti-
tron type meters) or the indicator needle of the engine
coolant temperature gauge (non-Optitron type meters)
lowers and then stop the engine.
If the fan is not operating:
Stop the engine and call any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
After the engine has cooled
down sufficiently, check the
engine coolant level and
inspect the radiator core (radi-
ator) for any leaks.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
5
466
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
Overheating
If you observe the following, your vehicle may be overheating.
With Optitron type meters: The top segments of the engine coolant tem-
perature gauge are flashing.
With non-Optitron type meters: The engine coolant temperature gauge is
in the red zone.
A loss of power is experienced.
Steam is coming from under the hood.
Add engine coolant if neces-
sary.
Water can be used in an emer-
gency if engine coolant is
unavailable.
(P. 486)
Have the vehicle checked at the nearest authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional, as
soon as possible.
STEP
6
5
467
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
To prevent an accident or injury when inspecting under the hood of
your vehicle
If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot, caus-
ing serious injury such as burns.
Keep hands and clothing away from the fan and other belts while the
engine is running.
Do not loosen the coolant reservoir cap while the engine and radiator are
hot.
Serious injury, such as burns, may result from hot coolant and steam
released under pressure.
NOTICE
When adding engine coolant
Wait until the engine has cooled down before adding engine coolant.
When adding coolant, do so slowly. Adding cool coolant to a hot engine too
quickly can cause damage to the engine.
468
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
If you run out of fuel and the engine stalls (diesel engine only)
NOTICE
When restarting the engine
Do not crank the engine before refueling and operating the priming pump.
This may damage the engine and fuel system.
Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat the
starter and wiring system.
If you run out of fuel and the engine dies:
Refuel your vehicle.
Operate the priming pump
until you feel more resistance
to bleed the fuel system.
Start the engine. (
P. 136)
If the engine does not start after the above steps have been per-
formed, wait for 10 seconds and try step 2 and 3 again. If the
engine still does not start, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
After starting the engine, depress the accelerator pedal lightly until
the engine runs smoothly.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
5
469
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or snow.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and put the shift
lever in P.
Except vehicles with an automatic transmission
Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and put the shift
lever in N.
Remove the mud, snow, or sand from around the stuck tire.
Place wood, stones or some other material to help provide
traction under the tires.
Restart the engine.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
Shift the shift lever to the D or R and carefully apply the
accelerator to free the vehicle.
Vehicles with a multi-mode manual transmission
Shift the shift lever to the E, M or R and carefully apply the
accelerator to free the vehicle.
Vehicles with a manual transmission
Shift the shift lever to 1 or R and carefully apply the acceler-
ator to free the vehicle.
Vehicles with a VSC/TRC: Turn off the TRC and/or VSC system if
it is difficult to get out because of TRC and/or VSC operation.
(P. 202)
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
470
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to rock the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the sur-
rounding area is clear, to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or persons.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
When shifting the shift lever (except vehicles with a manual transmis-
sion)
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident and result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
To avoid damaging the transmission and other components
Avoid spinning the wheels and do not rev the engine.
If the vehicle remains stuck after trying these procedures, the vehicle may
require towing to be freed.
5
471
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
When trouble arises
TMC corolla_EE
If your vehicle has to be stopped in an emergency
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the
vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the following pro-
cedure:
Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly
depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the
effort required to slow the vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to N.
If the shift lever is shifted to N
After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the
road.
Stop the engine.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N
Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce
vehicle speed as much as possible.
Vehicles without a smart entry
& start system: Stop the
engine by turning the engine
switch to the “ACC” position.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
3
STEP
4
472
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TMC corolla_EE
CAUTION
If the engine has to be turned off while driving
Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, making the
brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel heavier to turn.
Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the engine.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Never attempt to remove
the key, as doing so will lock the steering wheel.
Vehicles with a smart entry &
start system: Stop the engine
by pressing and holding the
“ENGINE START STOP”
switch for 3 consecutive sec-
onds or more.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Press and hold for 3 seconds or more
STEP
4
STEP
5
6
Vehicle specifications
473
TMC corolla_EE
6-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.).......... 474
Fuel information ................ 492
6-2. Customization
Customizable features ...... 496
474
TMC corolla_EE
6-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
Dimensions and weight
Overall length 4545 mm (179.0 in.)
Overall width 1760 mm (69.3 in.)
Overall height*
1
1470 mm (57.9 in.)
Wheelbase 2600 mm (102.4 in.)
Tread
Front
1535 mm (60.4 in.)
*
2
1525 mm (60.0 in.)*
3
Rear
1535 mm (60.4 in.)
*
2
1520 mm (59.8 in.)*
3
Gross vehicle mass
1NR-FE engine
1735 kg (3826 lb.)
1ZR-FE engine
1760 kg (3880 lb.)
1ND-TV engine
1780 kg (3924 lb.)
Maximum permissi-
ble axle capacity
Front 1100 kg (2425 lb.)
Rear 890 kg (1962 lb.)
Drawbar load 55 kg (121 lb.)
475
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
*
1
: Unladen vehicles
*
2
: 195/65R15 tires
*
3
: 205/55R16 tires
Towing capacity
With
brake
1NR-FE and 1ND-TV engines
1000 kg (2205 lb.)
1ZR-FE engine
With an automatic transmission:
1200 kg (2646 lb.)
With a manual transmission:
1300 kg (2866 lb.)
Without
brake
450 kg (992 lb.)
476
6-1. Specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Vehicle identification
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for
your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your
Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped under
the right-hand front seat.
This number is also on the man-
ufacturer’s label on the left-hand
side center pillar.
477
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.
1NR-FE engine
1ZR-FE engine
1ND-TV engine
478
6-1. Specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Engine
Gasoline engine
Model 1NR-FE, 1ZR-FE
Type 4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke
1NR-FE engine
72.5 80.5 mm (2.85 3.17 in.)
1ZR-FE engine
80.5 78.5 mm (3.17 3.09 in.)
Displacement
1NR-FE engine
1329 cm
3
(81.1 cu.in.)
1ZR-FE engine
1598 cm
3
(97.5 cu.in.)
Valve clearance
(engine cold)
Automatic adjustment
Drive belt tension
1NR-FE engine
Automatic adjustment
1ZR-FE engine
7.6
10.0 mm (0.30 0.39 in.)*
*: Drive belt deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf) thumb force
(used belt)
Generator
Water pump
Air
conditioning
compressor
Crankshaft
479
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Diesel engine
Model 1ND-TV
Type
4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, diesel (with turbo-
charger)
Bore and stroke 73 81.5 mm (2.87 3.21 in.)
Displacement 1364 cm
3
(83.2 cu.in.)
Valve clearance
(engine cold)
Intake: 0.11 0.17 mm (0.004 0.007 in.)
Exhaust: 0.14
0.20 mm (0.006 0.008 in.)
Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment
NOTICE
Drive belt type (Diesel engine only)
The high strength drive belt is used for the generator side drive belt.
When replacing the drive belt, use Toyota genuine drive belt or equivalent
high strength drive belt. If the high strength drive belt is not used, durability
of the belt may become less than expected. The high strength drive belt is a
belt with Aramid core which has higher strength compared to usually avail-
able belts with PET or PEN core.
480
6-1. Specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Fuel
Gasoline engine
Diesel engine
*
1
: NDE150L-AEFDYW, NDE150L-AEFNYW and NDE150L-AELNYW
models*
3
*
2
: NDE150L-AEFDXW, NDE150L-AEFNXW and NDE150L-AELNXW
models*
3
*
3
: The model code is indicated on the manufacturer's label.(P. 476)
Fuel type
EU area:
Unleaded gasoline conforming to European stan-
dard EN228 only
Except EU area:
Unleaded gasoline only
Research octane num-
ber
95 or higher
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
55 L (14.5 gal., 12.1 Imp. gal.)
Fuel type
Without DPF catalytic converter*
1
EU area:
Diesel fuel conforming to European standard
EN590
Except EU area:
Diesel fuel that contains 350 ppm or less of sulfur
With DPF catalytic converter*
2
EU area:
Diesel fuel conforming to European standard
EN590
Except EU area:
Diesel fuel that contains 50 ppm or less of sulfur
Cetane number 48 or higher
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
55 L (14.5 gal., 12.1 Imp. gal.)
481
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Lubrication system
Oil capacity
(Drain and refill
reference)
With filter
Without filter
1NR-FE engine
3.4 L (3.6 qt., 3.0 Imp. qt.)
1ZR-FE engine
4.2 L (4.4 qt., 3.7 Imp. qt.)
1ND-TV engine
4.1 L (4.3 qt., 3.6 Imp. qt.)
1NR-FE engine
3.2 L (3.4 qt., 2.8 Imp. qt.)
1ZR-FE engine
3.9 L (4.1 qt., 3.4 Imp. qt.)
1ND-TV engine
3.6 L (3.8 qt., 3.2 Imp. qt.)
482
6-1. Specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Engine oil selection
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Toyota rec-
ommends the use of approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil”. Another
motor oil of matching quality can also be used.
Gasoline engine
Oil grade:
0W-20, 5W-20, 5W-30 and 10W-30:
API grade SL “Energy-Conserving”, SM “Energy-Conserving” or
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
15W-40 and 20W-50:
API grade SL or SM multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity (SAE):
SAE 0W-20 is filled into your
Toyota vehicle at manufacturing,
and the best choice for good fuel
economy and good starting in
cold weather.
If SAE 0W-20 oil is not available,
SAE 5W-30 oil may be used.
However, it should be replaced
with SAE 0W-20 at the next oil
change.
If you use SAE 10W-30 or a
higher viscosity engine oil in
extremely low temperatures, the
engine may become difficult to
start, so SAE 5W-30 or lower vis-
cosity engine oil is recom-
mended.
Temperature range anticipated before
next oil change.
Preferred
483
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
The 0W portion of the oil viscosity rating indicates the characteristic of the
oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow
for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the oil viscosity when the oil is at its operating
temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity may be better suited if the vehi-
cle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
How to read oil container labels:
Either or both API registered marks are added to some oil containers
to help you select the oil you should use.
API Service Symbol
Top portion: The oil quality
designation by API (American
Petroleum Institute) (SM)
Center portion: The SAE viscosity
grade (SAE 0W-20)
Lower portion: “Energy-
Conserving” means that the oil
has fuel-saving capabilities.
ILSAC Certification Mark
The ILSAC (International
Lubricant Standardization and
Approval Committee) Certification
Mark is displayed on the front of
the container.
484
6-1. Specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Diesel engine (without DPF catalytic converter)*
1
Oil grade: ACEA C2, B1, API CF-4 or CF
(You may also use API CE or CD.)
Recommended viscosity (SAE):
SAE 0W-30 is filled into your
Toyota vehicle at manufacturing,
and the best choice for good fuel
economy and good starting in
cold weather.
If you use SAE 10W-30 or a
higher viscosity engine oil in
extremely low temperatures, the
engine may become difficult to
start, so SAE 5W-30 or 0W-30
engine oil is recommended.
The 0W portion of the oil viscosity rating indicates the characteristic of the
oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow
for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
The 30 in 0W-30 indicates the oil viscosity when the oil is at its operating
temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity may be better suited if the vehi-
cle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
Temperature range anticipated before
next oil change.
Preferred
485
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Diesel engine (with DPF catalytic converter)*
2
Oil grade: ACEA C2
Recommended viscosity (SAE):
SAE 0W-30 is filled into your
Toyota vehicle at manufacturing,
and the best choice for good fuel
economy and good starting in
cold weather.
The 0W portion of the oil viscosity rating indicates the characteristic of the
oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow
for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
The 30 in 0W-30 indicates the oil viscosity when the oil is at its operating
temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity may be better suited if the vehi-
cle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
*
1
: NDE150L-AEFDYW, NDE150L-AEFNYW and NDE150L-AELNYW
models*
3
*
2
: NDE150L-AEFDXW, NDE150L-AEFNXW and NDE150L-AELNXW
models*
3
*
3
: The model code is indicated on the manufacturer’s label. (P. 476)
NOTICE
Using engine oil other than ACEA C2 may damage the catalytic converter.
Temperature range anticipated before
next oil change.
Preferred
486
6-1. Specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Cooling system
Capacity
(Reference)
1NR-FE engine 4.7 L (5.0 qt., 4.1 Imp. qt.)
1ZR-FE engine
With an automatic transmission
5.5 L (5.8 qt., 4.8 Imp. qt.)
With a manual transmission
5.6 L (5.9 qt., 4.9 Imp. qt.)
1ND-TV engine
With power heater
6.0 L (6.3 qt., 5.3 Imp. qt.)
Without power heater
5.6 L (5.9 qt., 4.9 Imp. qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following.
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-
based non-silicate, non-amine, non-
nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
487
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Ignition system (gasoline engine only)
Electrical system
Manual transaxle
Spark plug
Make
Gap
DENSO SC20HR11
1.1 mm (0.043 in.)
NOTICE
Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust gap when tuning engine.
Battery
Specific gravity reading at
20C (68F):
1.250 1.290 Fully charged
1.160 1.200 Half charged
1.060 1.100 Discharged
Charging rates
Quick charge
Slow charge
15 A max.
5 A max.
Gear oil capacity (Reference) 2.4 L (2.5 qt., 2.1 Imp. qt.)
Gear oil type
TOYOTA Genuine Manual Transmission
Gear Oil LV API GL-4
Recommended gear oil
viscosity
SAE 75W
488
6-1. Specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Automatic transaxle
Clutch
NOTICE
Manual transaxle gear oil
Using manual transmission gear oil other than “TOYOTA Genuine Manual
Transmission Gear Oil LV API GL-4 SAE 75W” may cause occurrence of idle
rattling noise and bad fuel consumption.
Fluid capacity 6.4 L (6.8 qt., 5.6 Imp. qt.)
Fluid type Toyota Genuine ATF WS
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid type
Using automatic transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS”
may cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission
accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage the automatic transmis-
sion of your vehicle.
Pedal free play 5 15 mm (0.2 0.6 in.)
Fluid type
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or
SAE J1704 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 4
489
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Brakes
*
1
: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 294 N (30 kgf, 66
lbf) while the engine is running
*
2
: Parking brake lever travel when pulled up with a force of 200 N (20.4 kgf,
45.0 lbf)
Steering
Pedal clearance
*
1
Gasoline engine
Vehicles with VSC
Vehicles without VSC
Diesel engine
90 mm (3.54 in.) Min.
85 mm (3.35 in.) Min.
85 mm (3.35 in.) Min.
Pedal free play 1 6 mm (0.04 0.24 in.)
Parking brake lever travel
*
2
5 8 clicks
Fluid type
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or
SAE J1704 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 4
Free play Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
490
6-1. Specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Tires and wheels
*: 4 passengers and full loaded or 5 passengers and full loaded
Tire size
195/65R15 91H, 205/55R16 91V,
T125/70D17 98M
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)*
Vehicle
speed
Front
kPa (kgf/cm
2
or bar, psi)
Rear
kPa (kgf/cm
2
or bar, psi)
More than
160 km/h
(99 mph)
250 (2.5, 36) 250 (2.5, 36)
160 km/h
(99 mph)
or less
220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32)
Tire inflation pressure
(compact spare)
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)*
420 kPa (4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar, 60 psi)
Wheel size
15 6 J, 16 6 1/2 J, 17 4T (compact
spare)
Wheel nut torque 103 N•m (10.5 kgf•m, 76 ft•lbf)
When towing a trailer
Add 20.0 kPa (0.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar, 3 psi) to the recommended tire inflation
pressure, and drive at speeds below 100 km/h (62 mph).
491
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Light bulbs
A: HB4 halogen bulbs B: D4R discharge bulbs
C: HB3 halogen bulbs D: H11 halogen bulbs
E: Wedge base bulbs (clear) F: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
G: Double end bulbs
Light Bulbs W Type
Exterior
Headlights
Low beam (halogen bulbs)
Low beam (discharge bulbs)
High beam
51
35
60
A
B
C
Front fog lights (if equipped) 55 D
Front position lights 5 E
Front turn signal lights 21 F
Stop/tail lights 21/5 E
Rear turn signal lights 21 F
Back-up lights 16 E
Rear fog light 21 E
License plate lights 5 E
Interior
Vanity lights 8 E
Interior light 8 G
Personal lights 5 E
Trunk light 3.8 E
492
6-1. Specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Fuel information
Gasoline engine
EU area:
Your vehicle must use only unleaded
gasoline conforming to European
standard EN228.
For optimum engine performance,
select unleaded gasoline with a
Research Octane Number of 95 or
higher.
Except EU area:
Your vehicle must use only unleaded
gasoline.
For optimum engine performance,
select unleaded gasoline with a
Research Octane Number of 95 or
higher.
Diesel engine
Without DPF catalytic converter*
1
EU area:
Your vehicle must use only diesel fuel
conforming to European standard
EN590.
Except EU area:
Your vehicle must use only diesel fuel
that contains 350 ppm or less of sul-
fur and has a cetane number of 48 or
higher.
With DPF catalytic converter*
2
EU area:
Your vehicle must use only diesel fuel
conforming to European standard
EN590.
Except EU area:
Your vehicle must use only diesel fuel
that contains 50 ppm or less of sulfur
and has a cetane number of 48 or
higher.
493
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your Toyota has a fuel tank opening that
only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.
If you plan to drive in foreign countries
Low sulfur diesel fuel may not be available, so please confirm the availability
with your distributor.
If your engine knocks
Consult any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional.
You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while acceler-
ating or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.
*
1
: NDE150L-AEFDYW, NDE150L-AEFNYW and NDE150L-AELNYW
models*
3
*
2
: NDE150L-AEFDXW, NDE150L-AEFNXW and NDE150L-AELNXW
models*
3
*
3
: The model code is indicated on the manufacturer's label.(P. 476)
494
6-1. Specifications
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
Notice on fuel quality
Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used the engine will be
damaged.
Gasoline engine: Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline will cause the three-way catalytic converter to lose its
effectiveness and emission control system to function improperly.
Diesel engine (without DPF catalytic converter)*
1
: Do not use a fuel that
contains more than 350 ppm of sulfur.
Use of such a high sulfur fuel may damage the engine.
Diesel engine (with DPF catalytic converter)*
2
: Do not use a fuel that con-
tains more than 50 ppm of sulfur.
Use of such a high sulfur fuel may damage the engine.
Gasoline engine (EU area): Bioethanol fuel sold under names such as
“E50” or “E85” and fuel containing a large amount of ethanol should not be
used. The use of these fuels will damage the vehicle's fuel system. In case
of any doubt, ask any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
Gasoline engine (except EU area): Bioethanol fuel sold under names such
as “E50” or “E85” and fuel containing a large amount of ethanol should not
be used. Your vehicle can use gasoline mixed with 10% max ethanol. The
use of fuel with more than 10% ethanol content (E10) will damage the
vehicle’s fuel system. You must ensure that refueling is carried out only
from a source where fuel specification and quality can be guaranteed. In
case of any doubt, ask any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional.
Diesel engine (EU area): FAME (Fatty Acid Methyl Ester) fuel sold under
names such as “B30” or “B100” and fuel containing a large amount of
FAME should not be used. The use of these fuels will damage the vehi-
cle's fuel system. In case of any doubt, ask any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
495
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
NOTICE
Diesel engine (except EU area): FAME (Fatty Acid Methyl Ester) fuel sold
under names such as “B30” or “B100” and fuel containing a large amount
of FAME should not be used. Your vehicle can use diesel mixed with 5%
max biodiesel FAME (B5). The use of fuel with more than 5% FAME con-
tent (B5) will damage the vehicle’s fuel system. You must ensure that refu-
eling is carried out only from a source where fuel specification and quality
can be guaranteed. In case of any doubt, ask any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
*
1
: NDE150L-AEFDYW, NDE150L-AEFNYW and NDE150L-AELNYW mod-
els*
3
*
2
: NDE150L-AEFDXW, NDE150L-AEFNXW and NDE150L-AELNXW mod-
els*
3
*
3
: The model code is indicated on the manufacturer's label.(P. 476)
496
TMC corolla_EE
6-2. Customization
Customizable features
Item Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Smart entry
& start sys-
tem
(
P. 25)
Smart entry & start sys-
tem
ON OFF
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)
ON OFF
Wireless
remote con-
trol
(
P. 41)
Wireless remote control
(on some models)
ON OFF
Time elapsed before
automatic door lock
function is activated if
door is not opened after
being unlocked (on
some models)
30 seconds
60 seconds
120 seconds
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)
(on some models)
ON OFF
Door lock buzzer (vehi-
cles with a smart entry
& start system)
ON OFF
Trunk unlocking func-
tion
ON OFF
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be per-
sonalized to your preferences. Programming these preferences
requires specialized equipment and may be performed by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other functions
being customized. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
497
6-2. Customization
6
Vehicle specifications
TMC corolla_EE
Wireless
remote con-
trol
(
P. 41)
Trunk unlocking opera-
tion
Push and hold
Push twice
One short push
Automatic
light control
system
(P. 177)
Light sensor sensitivity Level 3 Level 1 to 5
Illumination
(
P. 318)
Time elapsed before
lights turn off (on some
models)
15 seconds
7.5 seconds
30 seconds
Operation when the
doors are unlocked (on
some models)
ON OFF
Operation after the
engine switch (vehicles
without a smart entry &
start system) or
“ENGINE START
STOP” switch (vehicles
with a smart entry &
start system) turned
OFF (on some models)
ON OFF
Item Function Default setting
Customized
setting
498
6-2. Customization
TMC corolla_EE
Index
499
TMC corolla_EE
Abbreviation list ...................... 500
Alphabetical index................... 501
What to do if... ......................... 509
500
TMC corolla_EE
Abbreviation list
Abbreviation/Acronym list
ABBREVIATIONS MEANING
A/C Air Conditioning
ABS Anti-lock Brake System
ACC Accessory
CRS Child Restraint System
DISP Display
DPF Diesel Particulate Filter system
ELR Emergency Locking Retractor
EPS Electric Power Steering
GVM Gross Vehicle Mass
LED Light Emitting Diode
MPAC Maximum Permissible Axle Capacity
PEN Polyethylene Naphthalate
PET Polyethylene Terephthalate
PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient
SRS Supplemental Restraint System
TRC Traction Control
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
VSC Vehicle Stability Control
501
TMC corolla_EE
Alphabetical index
Alphabetical index
A/C.....................................224, 231
ABS ...........................................201
Air conditioning filter ..............375
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning filter..............375
Automatic air conditioning
system ................................224
Manual air conditioning
system ................................231
Airbags
Airbag manual on-off
system ................................115
Airbag operating conditions ....87
Airbag precautions for your
child ......................................92
Airbag warning light ..............420
Curtain shield airbag operating
conditions .............................87
Curtain shield airbag
precautions ...........................92
General airbag precautions.....92
Locations of airbags................85
Modification and disposal of
airbags..................................96
Proper driving posture.......83, 92
Side airbag operating
conditions .............................87
Side airbag precautions ..........92
SRS airbags............................ 85
Antenna ....................................244
Anti-lock brake system ...........201
Armrest .....................................332
Ashtrays ...................................328
Audio system
Antenna ................................ 244
Audio input............................ 272
AUX port ............................... 272
CD player.............................. 245
iPod....................................... 257
MP3/WMA disc ..................... 250
Optimal use........................... 270
Portable music player ........... 272
Radio .................................... 241
Steering wheel audio
switch ................................. 273
Type...................................... 239
USB memory ........................ 263
Automatic air conditioning
system.................................... 224
Automatic headlight leveling
system.................................... 180
Automatic light control
system.................................... 177
Automatic transmission
Automatic transmission......... 140
AUX port ................................... 272
Auxiliary boxes........................ 324
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 394
Wattage ................................ 491
Battery
Checking............................... 362
If the vehicle has discharged
battery ................................ 458
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 209
Brake
Parking brake........................ 151
Brake assist ............................. 201
Break-in tips............................. 122
A
B
502
Alphabetical index
TMC corolla_EE
Care
Exterior..................................336
Interior...................................339
Seat belts .............................. 340
Cargo hooks.............................334
CD player .................................. 245
Chains.......................................209
Child restraint system
Baby seats, definition..............97
Baby seats, installation .........105
Child seats, definition.............. 97
Child seats, installation .........105
Installing CRS with ISOFIX
rigid anchor.........................109
Installing CRS with
seat belts ............................106
Installing CRS with top
straps..................................110
Junior seats, definition ............97
Junior seats, installation........105
Child safety
Airbag precautions..................92
Battery precautions.......365, 463
Child restraint system ............. 97
Child-protectors.......................46
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 59
Installing child restraints........105
Power window lock switch ......67
Power window precautions .....69
Removed key battery
precautions .........................381
Seat belt precautions ..............59
Seat heater
precautions .........................330
Trunk precautions ...................49
Child-protectors.........................46
Cigarette lighter ....................... 329
Cleaning
Exterior ................................. 336
Interior................................... 339
Seat belts.............................. 340
Clock................................. 164, 173
Condenser................................ 362
Console box ............................. 321
Cooling system
Engine overheating............... 465
Cruise control .......................... 190
Cup holder................................ 323
Curtain shield airbags............... 85
Customizable features ............ 496
Daytime running light
system.................................... 179
Defogger
Rear window......................... 238
Side mirror ............................ 238
Dimension ................................ 474
Display
Trip information............. 164, 173
Warning message................. 428
Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 344
Doors
Door lock................................. 44
Door windows ......................... 67
Side mirrors ............................ 64
Driver's seat belt reminder
light......................................... 422
Driving
Break-in tips.......................... 122
Correct posture ....................... 83
Procedures ........................... 118
Winter driving tips ................. 209
C
D
503
Alphabetical index
TMC corolla_EE
Electric power steering ...........201
Electronic key
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ...........455
Emergency flashers
switch .....................................406
Emergency, in case of
If a warning light turns on......416
If a warning message is
displayed ............................428
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ...........455
If the engine will not start ......450
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted ....................452, 453
If the vehicle has
discharged battery..............458
If the warning buzzer
sounds ................................ 416
If you have a flat tire .............438
If you lose your keys .............454
If you run out of fuel and
the engine stalls..................468
If you think something is
wrong..................................414
If your vehicle becomes
stuck ...................................469
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an emergency ...471
If your vehicle needs to be
towed .................................. 407
If your vehicle overheats.......465
Engine
Compartment ........................ 351
Engine switch................ 131, 136
Hood ..................................... 347
How to start
the engine................... 131, 136
Identification number ............ 476
If the engine will not start...... 450
If you run out of fuel and
the engine stalls ................. 468
Ignition switch ............... 131, 136
Overheating .......................... 465
Engine compartment cover .... 354
Engine coolant
Capacity................................ 486
Checking............................... 360
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 209
Engine coolant temperature
gauge...................................... 153
Engine immobilizer system ...... 75
Engine oil
Capacity................................ 481
Checking............................... 355
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 209
Engine switch light.................. 318
EPS ........................................... 201
Floor mat .................................. 333
Fluid
Washer ................................. 366
Fog lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 394
Switch ................................... 182
Wattage ................................ 491
Front fog lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 394
Switch ................................... 182
Wattage ................................ 491
E
F
504
Alphabetical index
TMC corolla_EE
Front passenger's seat belt
reminder light ........................422
Front position lights
Replacing light bulbs.............394
Switch ...................................177
Wattage.................................491
Front seats
Adjustment .............................. 51
Front turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs.............394
Switch ...................................150
Wattage.................................491
Fuel
Capacity ................................ 480
Fuel gauge............................153
Fuel pump shut off system....415
Gas station information.........512
If you run out of fuel and
the engine stalls..................468
Information ............................ 492
Refueling.................................70
Type ...................................... 492
Fuel door .................................... 70
Fuel filler door............................70
Fuel pump shut off system..... 415
Fuses ........................................382
Gas station information ..........512
Gauges......................................153
Gear Shift Indicator .................148
Glove box .................................320
Hazard lights
Switch ...................................406
Head restraints
Adjusting ................................54
Headlight cleaner.....................189
Headlights
Discharge headlights
precautions......................... 404
Replacing light bulbs............. 394
Switch ................................... 177
Wattage ................................ 491
Heaters
Seat heaters ......................... 330
Side mirror ............................ 238
Hood ......................................... 347
Hooks
Cargo hook ........................... 334
Horn .......................................... 152
Identification
Engine................................... 476
Vehicle .................................. 476
Ignition switch ................. 131, 136
Illuminated entry system ........ 318
Indicator lights......................... 159
Inside rear view mirror .............. 62
Intercooler................................ 362
Interior light
Interior light ........................... 318
Switch ................................... 319
Wattage ................................ 491
Jack
Positioning a floor jack.......... 349
Vehicle-equipped jack........... 438
Jack handle.............................. 438
G
H
I
J
505
Alphabetical index
TMC corolla_EE
Keyless entry .............................25
Keys
Electronic key..........................22
Engine switch................131, 136
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ...........455
If you lose your keys .............454
Ignition switch ............... 131, 136
Key number.............................22
Keys ........................................ 22
Mechanical key .......................22
Wireless remote control key....41
License plate lights
Replacing light bulbs.............394
Wattage.................................491
Light bulbs
Replacing .............................. 394
Wattage.................................491
Lights
Emergency flasher switch.....406
Fog light switch ..................... 182
Hazard light switch................406
Headlights switch ..................177
Interior light switch ................319
Personal light switch .............319
Replacing light bulbs.............394
Turn signal lever ...................150
Vanity lights...........................327
Wattage.................................491
Lock steering column......134, 138
Maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance... 344
Maintenance data .................474
Maintenance requirements ...342
Manual air conditioning
system ....................................231
Manual headlight leveling
switch .....................................178
Manual transmission
Gear Shift Indicator............... 148
Manual transmission............. 147
Meter
Instrument panel light
control................................. 153
Meters................................... 153
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror ............ 62
Side mirror heater ................. 238
Side mirrors ............................ 64
Vanity mirrors........................ 327
MP3 disc ................................... 250
Multi-information
display............................ 164, 173
Multi-mode manual
transmission
Easy (E) mode ...................... 144
Easy sports (Es) mode ......... 143
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted................................. 453
Manual (M) mode.................. 143
Multi-mode manual
transmission ....................... 142
Odometer.................................. 153
Oil
Engine oil .............................. 355
Opener
Fuel filler door......................... 70
Hood ..................................... 347
Trunk....................................... 47
Outside rear view mirrors
Adjusting and folding .............. 64
Outside temperature
display............................ 164, 173
Overheating, Engine................ 465
K
L
M
O
506
Alphabetical index
TMC corolla_EE
Parking brake ........................... 151
Personal lights
Switch ...................................319
Wattage.................................491
Power heater ............................236
Power windows..........................67
Radiator ....................................362
Radio.........................................241
RDS (Radio data system) ........242
Rear fog lights
Replacing light bulbs.............394
Switch ...................................182
Wattage.................................491
Rear seats
Folding down...........................52
Rear turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs.............394
Wattage.................................491
Rear view monitor system ......194
Rear window defogger ............ 238
Replacing
Fuses ....................................382
Key battery............................378
Light bulbs.............................394
Tires ...................................... 438
Seat belts
Adjusting the seat belt.............56
Child restraint system
installation...........................105
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belts ...................... 340
Emergency Locking Retractor
(ELR) ....................................58
How to wear your seat belt .....56
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 59
Pregnant women, proper seat
belt use ................................. 58
Reminder light....................... 422
Seat belt pretensioners........... 57
Seat heaters ............................. 330
Seats
Adjustment.............................. 51
Adjustment precautions .......... 51
Child seats/child restraint
system installation .............. 105
Cleaning................................ 339
Head restraint ......................... 54
Properly sitting in the seat ...... 83
Seat heaters ......................... 330
Service reminder
indicators .............................. 159
Shift lever
Automatic transmission......... 140
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted.................... 452, 453
Manual transmission............. 147
Multi-mode manual
transmission ....................... 142
Shift lock system............. 452, 453
Side airbags ............................... 85
Side mirror
Adjusting and folding .............. 64
Smart entry & start system
Entry function.......................... 25
Starting the engine................ 131
Spare tire
Inflation pressure .................. 371
Storage location.................... 438
Spark plug ................................ 487
Specifications .......................... 474
Speech command switch........ 296
Speedometer............................ 153
Steering
Column lock release ..... 134, 138
Steering wheel
Adjustment.............................. 61
Audio switches...................... 273
P
R
S
507
Alphabetical index
TMC corolla_EE
Stop lights
Replacing light bulbs.............394
Wattage.................................491
Storage feature ........................320
Storage precautions ................ 208
Stuck
If your vehicle becomes
stuck ...................................469
Sun visors ................................326
Switch
Airbag manual on-off
switch..................................115
Emergency flasher switch.....406
Engine switch................131, 136
Fog light switch ..................... 182
Hazard light switch................406
Ignition switch ............... 131, 136
Light switches .......................177
“M-MT Es” switch ..................143
Power door lock switch ........... 44
Power window switch.............. 67
Transmission shift
switches..............................143
Window lock switch.................67
Wiper and washer
switch..................................184
Tachometer ..............................153
Tail lights
Replacing light bulbs.............394
Switch ...................................177
Wattage.................................491
Talk switch ...............................296
Telephone switch.....................296
Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system .....75
Tire inflation pressure .............371
Tires
Chains...................................209
Checking ...............................368
If you have a flat tire..............438
Inflation pressure .................. 371
Replacing.............................. 438
Rotating tires......................... 368
Size....................................... 490
Snow tires ............................. 209
Spare tire .............................. 438
Tools ......................................... 438
Towing
Emergency towing ................ 408
Trailer towing ........................ 212
Traction control ....................... 201
Transmission shift
switches................................. 143
TRC ........................................... 201
Trip information............... 164, 173
Trip meter ................................. 153
Trunk
Opener.................................... 47
Trunk light
Wattage ................................ 491
Turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 394
Switch ................................... 150
Wattage ................................ 491
Vanity lights
Wattage ................................ 491
Vanity mirrors .......................... 327
Vehicle identification
number ................................... 476
Vehicle stability control .......... 201
VSC ........................................... 201
Warning buzzers
Brake system ........................ 416
Clutch.................................... 417
Downshifting ......................... 145
Electric power steering
system ................................ 420
Seat belt reminder ................ 422
T
V
W
508
Alphabetical index
TMC corolla_EE
Warning lights
Anti-lock brake system.......... 420
Automatic headlight leveling
system ................................420
Brake assist system.............. 420
Brake system ........................416
Charging system ...................417
Clutch....................................417
Cruise control indicator
light ..................................... 420
Electric power steering
system ................................420
Electronic engine control
system ................................420
Engine oil level......................422
Engine oil maintenance.........422
Engine oil pressure ...............417
Fuel filter warning light..........420
High engine coolant
temperature warning light...417
Low fuel level ........................ 422
Malfunction indicator lamp ....420
Master warning light.............. 422
Multi-mode manual
transmission .......................417
Open door ............................. 422
Pretensioners........................420
Seat belt reminder light.........422
Slip indicator light..................420
SRS airbags..........................420
“VSC OFF” indicator light......420
Warning messages
Anti-lock brake system.......... 430
Brake assist system.............. 430
Brake system ........................ 428
Charging system................... 429
Electric power steering
system ................................ 430
Electronic engine control
system ................................ 430
Engine oil level...................... 431
Engine oil maintenance ........ 431
Engine oil pressure............... 429
Engine system ...................... 430
Low fuel level ........................ 431
Open door............................. 431
Parking brake........................ 431
Smart entry & start system ... 435
SRS airbags.......................... 430
Steering lock ......................... 430
Trunk..................................... 431
Vehicle stability control ......... 430
Washer
Checking............................... 366
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 209
Switch ................................... 184
Washing and waxing ............... 336
Weight....................................... 474
Wheels ...................................... 373
Window glasses ........................ 67
Window lock switch .................. 67
Windows
Power windows....................... 67
Rear window defogger.......... 238
Washer ................................. 184
Windshield wipers................... 184
Wireless remote control key
Replacing the battery............ 378
Wireless remote control.......... 41
WMA disc ................................. 250
509
TMC corolla_EE
What to do if...
What to do if...
A tire punctures
P. 438
If you have a flat tire
The engine does not start
P. 450
If the engine will not start
P. 468
If you run out of fuel and the engine stalls
P. 7 5
Engine immobilizer system
P. 458
If the battery is discharged
The shift lever cannot be
moved out
P. 452
If the shift lever cannot be shifted
from P
P. 453
If the shift lever cannot be shifted
The top segments of the engine coolant temperature
gauge are flashing (Optitron type meters)
The engine coolant temperature gauge is
in the red zone (non-Optitron type meters)
Steam can be seen coming
from under the hood
P. 465
If your vehicle overheats
The key is lost
P. 454
If you lose your keys
The battery runs out
P. 458
If the battery is discharged
The doors cannot be locked
P. 4 4
Doors
The vehicle is stuck in
mud or sand
P. 469
If the vehicle becomes stuck
510
What to do if...
TMC corolla_EE
A warning light or indicator light
comes on
P. 416
If a warning light turns on or a
warning buzzer sounds...
Vehicles with Optitron type meters
Vehicles with non-Optitron type meters
511
What to do if...
TMC corolla_EE
Warning lights
P. 4 1 6 P. 420
P. 4 1 7 P. 420
P. 4 1 7 P. 420
P. 422
P. 4 1 7
P. 4 1 7
or
P. 4 2 0 P. 422
P. 4 2 0 P. 422
P. 4 2 0 P. 422
P. 4 2 0 P. 422
P. 4 2 0 P. 422
P. 4 2 0 P. 422
*: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
Brake system warning
light
Cruise control indicator
light
*
Charging system warn-
ing light
Automatic headlight leveling sys-
tem warning light
Low engine oil pressure
warning light
Fuel filter warning light
High engine coolant
temperature warning
light
Open door warning light
Multi-mode manual transmis-
sion warning light
Malfunction indicator
lamp
Low fuel level warning
light
SRS warning light
Driver’s seat belt
reminder light
ABS warning light
Front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
Electric power steering
warning light
Low engine oil level
warning light
“VSC OFF” indicator
light
*
Engine oil change
reminder light
Slip indicator light
Master warning light
A warning message is
displayed
P. 428
If a warning message is displayed
512
TMC corolla_EE
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever
P. 347
Trunk opener
P. 4 7
Fuel filler door
P. 7 0
Hood lock release lever
P. 3 4 7
Fuel filler door opener
P. 7 0
Tire inflation pressure
P. 490
Fuel tank capacity (Reference) 55 L (14.5 gal., 12.1 Imp. gal.)
Fuel type P. 72, 480
Cold tire inflation
pressure
P. 490
Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill
reference)
P. 481
Engine oil type P. 481
… 7 …

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Toyota Corolla 2012 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Toyota Corolla 2012 in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 27,86 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Toyota Corolla 2012

Toyota Corolla 2012 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Français - 575 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info